Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Probability

1,628 missions · 675 completed

Missions

Open953Completed675All1628
Machine LearningOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic First- and Zeroth-Order Methods for Nonconvex Stochastic Programming 2: The Randomized Stochastic Gradient-Free Method with Gaussian Smoothing Bounds (1/L)E‖∇f(x_R)‖² for Nonconvex fResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization problems in simulation-based design, reinforcement learning and machine learning can be evaluated but not differentiated. Their objective is an expectation f(x)=E[F(x,ξ)]f(x) = \mathbb E[F(x,\xi)]f(x)=E[F(x,ξ)] that can only be sampled through noisy function values F(x,ξ)F(x,\xi)F(x,ξ). Gradients may be unavailable because the model is a black box, a simulator, or a legacy code. Methods for this setting are called zeroth-order or derivative-free stochastic methods. The objective fff is often nonconvex, so the realistic target is an approximately stationary point, ∥∇f(x)∥2≤ϵ\|\nabla f(x)\|^2 \le \epsilon∥∇f(x)∥2≤ϵ, not a global minimizer.

Ghadimi and Lan (arXiv:1309.5549; SIAM J. Optim. 23(4), 2013) gave the first complexity bounds for stochastic zeroth-order methods on nonconvex problems. Their randomized stochastic gradient free (RSGF) method combines two ingredients. The first is the Gaussian smoothing and random finite-difference estimator of Nesterov and Spokoiny (Found. Comput. Math. 17, 2017; preprint 2011). The second is a randomized stopping rule that outputs an iterate chosen at random along the trajectory. The resulting bound has become the standard reference point for derivative-free nonconvex stochastic optimization.

Timeline:

  • 1952: Kiefer and Wolfowitz introduce finite-difference stochastic approximation.
  • 2011: Nesterov and Spokoiny analyze Gaussian random gradient-free oracles for convex and deterministic nonconvex problems.
  • 2013: Ghadimi and Lan prove the nonconvex stochastic rate of the RSGF method (Theorem 3.2) and its O(n/ϵ2)O(n/\epsilon^2)O(n/ϵ2) complexity (Corollary 3.3).

Setting

Let Rn\mathbb R^nRn be Euclidean space and let ξ\xiξ be a random vector with distribution PPP on a measurable space Ξ\XiΞ. The problem is

f∗:=inf⁡x∈Rn{f(x):=∫ΞF(x,ξ) dP(ξ)}.(3.1)f^* := \inf_{x\in\mathbb R^n}\Big\{ f(x) := \int_\Xi F(x,\xi)\,dP(\xi) \Big\}. \tag{3.1}f∗:=x∈Rninf​{f(x):=∫Ξ​F(x,ξ)dP(ξ)}.(3.1)

The sample functions F(⋅,ξ)F(\cdot,\xi)F(⋅,ξ) lie in CL1,1(Rn)\mathcal C^{1,1}_L(\mathbb R^n)CL1,1​(Rn) almost surely: they are differentiable, and their gradients are LLL-Lipschitz. Two assumptions describe the noise. Assumption A1 concerns the first-order oracle G(x,ξ)=∇xF(x,ξ)G(x,\xi) = \nabla_x F(x,\xi)G(x,ξ)=∇x​F(x,ξ): it is unbiased, E[G(x,ξ)]=∇f(x)\mathbb E[G(x,\xi)] = \nabla f(x)E[G(x,ξ)]=∇f(x), and has variance at most σ2\sigma^2σ2. Assumption A3 says the zeroth-order oracle is unbiased, E[F(x,ξ)]=f(x)\mathbb E[F(x,\xi)] = f(x)E[F(x,ξ)]=f(x).

For a smoothing parameter μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 and an nnn-dimensional standard Gaussian vector uuu, the Gaussian smoothing of fff is fμ(x)=Eu[f(x+μu)]f_\mu(x) = \mathbb E_u[f(x+\mu u)]fμ​(x)=Eu​[f(x+μu)] (3.3). The RSGF method starts from x1x_1x1​ and uses stepsizes γk\gamma_kγk​. At step kkk it draws a fresh sample ξk\xi_kξk​ and a fresh Gaussian direction uku_kuk​, forms the zeroth-order estimator

Gμ(xk,ξk,uk)=F(xk+μuk,ξk)−F(xk,ξk)μ uk,(3.12)G_\mu(x_k,\xi_k,u_k) = \frac{F(x_k+\mu u_k,\xi_k) - F(x_k,\xi_k)}{\mu}\,u_k, \tag{3.12}Gμ​(xk​,ξk​,uk​)=μF(xk​+μuk​,ξk​)−F(xk​,ξk​)​uk​,(3.12)

and sets xk+1=xk−γkGμ(xk,ξk,uk)x_{k+1} = x_k - \gamma_k G_\mu(x_k,\xi_k,u_k)xk+1​=xk​−γk​Gμ​(xk​,ξk​,uk​) (3.13). The output is xRx_RxR​, where the random iteration count R∈{1,…,N}R \in \{1,\dots,N\}R∈{1,…,N} has the probability mass function

PR(k)=γk−2L(n+4)γk2∑j=1N[γj−2L(n+4)γj2].(3.15)P_R(k) = \frac{\gamma_k - 2L(n+4)\gamma_k^2}{\sum_{j=1}^N[\gamma_j - 2L(n+4)\gamma_j^2]}. \tag{3.15}PR​(k)=∑j=1N​[γj​−2L(n+4)γj2​]γk​−2L(n+4)γk2​​.(3.15)

In the Lean development, fff is objective P F, GμG_\muGμ​ is szoGrad (the published RandomGradFree.Shared.oracle applied to F(⋅,ξ)F(\cdot,\xi)F(⋅,ξ)), and fμf_\mufμ​ is the published RandomGradFree.Shared.smoothing. The smoothing parameter is μs, because μ names the probability measure.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 a)

Let 0<γk<1/[2(n+4)L]0 < \gamma_k < 1/[2(n+4)L]0<γk​<1/[2(n+4)L] for k=1,…,Nk = 1,\dots,Nk=1,…,N, with N≥1N \ge 1N≥1, and let Df2=2(f(x1)−f∗)/LD_f^2 = 2(f(x_1)-f^*)/LDf2​=2(f(x1​)−f∗)/L. Then

1L E∥∇f(xR)∥2≤Df2+2μ2(n+4)(1+L(n+4)2∑k=1N(γk4+Lγk2))+2(n+4)σ2∑k=1Nγk2∑k=1N[γk−2L(n+4)γk2].(3.16)\frac1L\,\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x_R)\|^2 \le \frac{D_f^2 + 2\mu^2(n+4)\big(1 + L(n+4)^2\sum_{k=1}^N(\frac{\gamma_k}{4} + L\gamma_k^2)\big) + 2(n+4)\sigma^2\sum_{k=1}^N\gamma_k^2}{\sum_{k=1}^N[\gamma_k - 2L(n+4)\gamma_k^2]}. \tag{3.16}L1​E∥∇f(xR​)∥2≤∑k=1N​[γk​−2L(n+4)γk2​]Df2​+2μ2(n+4)(1+L(n+4)2∑k=1N​(4γk​​+Lγk2​))+2(n+4)σ2∑k=1N​γk2​​.(3.16)

The stepsizes are left free, so every stepsize policy specializes the goal.

Companions

  • Theorem 3.2 b), (3.17): for convex fff with a minimizer x∗x^*x∗, the bound on E[f(xR)−f∗]\mathbb E[f(x_R) - f^*]E[f(xR​)−f∗].
  • Corollary 3.3, (3.26): for the constant stepsizes (3.24) and μ≤Df/((n+4)2N)\mu \le D_f/((n+4)\sqrt{2N})μ≤Df​/((n+4)2N​),
1L E∥∇f(xR)∥2≤12(n+4)LDf2N+4σn+4N(D~+Df2D~).\frac1L\,\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x_R)\|^2 \le \frac{12(n+4)LD_f^2}{N} + \frac{4\sigma\sqrt{n+4}}{\sqrt N}\Big(\tilde D + \frac{D_f^2}{\tilde D}\Big).L1​E∥∇f(xR​)∥2≤N12(n+4)LDf2​​+N​4σn+4​​(D~+D~Df2​​).

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof.

  • Properties of the smoothing. These are Theorem 3.1 a)–c): fμf_\mufμ​ has an LLL-Lipschitz gradient given by (3.4), ∣fμ−f∣≤μ22Ln|f_\mu - f| \le \frac{\mu^2}{2}Ln∣fμ​−f∣≤2μ2​Ln (3.5), the gradient bound (3.6), and the second-moment bound (3.7). Three of these are already on the platform and are referenced. Two consequences follow, (3.9) and (3.11).
  • Unbiasedness, (3.14): the estimator GμG_\muGμ​ is unbiased for ∇fμ\nabla f_\mu∇fμ​.
  • The proof chain of Theorem 3.2. The pathwise descent inequality (3.19), the martingale identity (3.20) and the conditional second-moment bound (3.21) combine into the weighted bound (3.23). The RRR-weighting identity converts (3.23) into (3.16).

Significance

The theorem shows that function values alone suffice to find approximately stationary points of nonconvex stochastic programs. The price is a factor of the dimension nnn: with constant stepsizes the RSGF method needs O(n/ϵ2)O(n/\epsilon^2)O(n/ϵ2) iterations, against O(1/ϵ2)O(1/\epsilon^2)O(1/ϵ2) for the first-order RSG method. The randomized output rule and the analysis through fμf_\mufμ​ are reused in later zeroth-order methods, including two-phase variants, mirror-descent variants and variance-reduced schemes.

The result is proved in the paper. It is not formalized anywhere known to this mission. The platform already holds parts of the Gaussian-smoothing theory from the Nesterov–Spokoiny series, but only for convex problems with exact function values. This mission adds:

  • the nonconvex form of the second-moment bound (3.7);
  • the gradient-approximation bound (3.6);
  • the stochastic sampling model with conditional expectations;
  • the first machine-checkable statement of a nonconvex stochastic zeroth-order rate.

Difficulty

The first idea is to treat the RSGF method as the first-order RSG method run on fμf_\mufμ​ with the unbiased estimator GμG_\muGμ​, and to quote the RSG bound. This fails, because the variance E∥Gμ−∇fμ∥2\mathbb E\|G_\mu - \nabla f_\mu\|^2E∥Gμ​−∇fμ​∥2 has no uniform bound: by (3.7) it grows with ∥∇f(xk)∥2\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2∥∇f(xk​)∥2 at the random iterate. The analysis has to carry that term along and absorb it into the left side, which is where the weights γk−2L(n+4)γk2\gamma_k - 2L(n+4)\gamma_k^2γk​−2L(n+4)γk2​ come from. It must also move between ∇fμ\nabla f_\mu∇fμ​ and ∇f\nabla f∇f through (3.6) at a cost polynomial in nnn.

On the formal side, three obstacles stand out.

  • The Gaussian moment estimates behind (3.6) and (3.7) need bounds on E∥u∥p\mathbb E\|u\|^pE∥u∥p up to p=6p = 6p=6 for a standard Gaussian vector.
  • Conditional expectations with respect to σ(ζ[k−1])\sigma(\zeta_{[k-1]})σ(ζ[k−1]​) are taken at random iterates that depend on the past, so independence of the fresh samples must be used carefully.
  • Integrability must be established for every quantity before expectations can be manipulated.

Formalization scope

  • Space. Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). The constants (n+3)(n+3)(n+3), (n+4)(n+4)(n+4), (n+6)(n+6)(n+6) use the same natural number nnn. The Gaussian is Mathlib's stdGaussian.
  • Iterates. They are indexed from 111, and RRR takes values in {1,…,N}\{1,\dots,N\}{1,…,N}.
  • Optimal values. f∗f^*f∗ is the infimum of fff (IsGLB), with fff bounded below. The paper's fμ∗:=min⁡fμf^*_\mu := \min f_\mufμ∗​:=minfμ​ (3.10) is read as an infimum, since the minimum need not be attained.
  • Smoothness. F(⋅,ξ)∈CL1,1F(\cdot,\xi) \in \mathcal C^{1,1}_LF(⋅,ξ)∈CL1,1​ is required for PPP-almost every ξ\xiξ, as on the page.
  • Assumption A1 is stated at every point xxx for G=∇xFG = \nabla_x FG=∇x​F.
  • Assumption A3 is the definition of fff, with F(x,⋅)F(x,\cdot)F(x,⋅) integrable.

The following are explicit additions; the paper leaves them implicit.

  • Sampling. The samples ξk∼P\xi_k \sim Pξk​∼P and uk∼N(0,In)u_k \sim \mathcal N(0,I_n)uk​∼N(0,In​) are measurable and mutually independent, and RRR is independent of all of them.
  • Measurability and integrability. FFF is jointly measurable, and ∇xF(x,⋅)\nabla_x F(x,\cdot)∇x​F(x,⋅) is integrable.
  • Stepsizes are positive.
  • Corollary 3.3 assumes σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0.

Every conclusion about an expectation also asserts the integrability of its integrand. A non-integrable function has Lean integral 000, so a bound without this conjunct could hold for the wrong reason.

The goal is stated about the objects of the method only: FFF, PPP, fff, the run (3.12)–(3.13), RRR and the constants. It does not mention fμf_\mufμ​, Δk\Delta_kΔk​ or the filtration, so it cannot be discharged by choosing an auxiliary object.

A complete development needs:

  • Gaussian moment bounds and differentiation under the Gaussian integral;
  • conditional expectation with respect to the natural filtration of an independent sequence;
  • the descent lemma for CL1,1\mathcal C^{1,1}_LCL1,1​ functions.

The Gaussian-smoothing lemmas (3.6), (3.7) and (3.9) are reusable by any zeroth-order mission. Contributions of proofs of individual milestones are welcome, as are alternative proofs of (3.7) without Nesterov's bound.

Selected references

  • S. Ghadimi and G. Lan, Stochastic first- and zeroth-order methods for nonconvex stochastic programming, SIAM J. Optim. 23(4):2341–2368, 2013. Preprint arXiv:1309.5549v1, the version cited here. https://arxiv.org/abs/1309.5549
  • Y. Nesterov and V. Spokoiny, Random gradient-free minimization of convex functions, Found. Comput. Math. 17:527–566, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10208-015-9296-2
  • J. Kiefer and J. Wolfowitz, Stochastic estimation of the maximum of a regression function, Ann. Math. Statist. 23(3):462–466, 1952. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729392
18 thms3 active usersReviewed
Machine LearningTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

What Can We Learn Privately? II: Parity Functions Are Privately PAC Learnable from O(d log(1/β)/(εα)) ExamplesResearch Paper

Learning parities under differential privacy

Differential privacy (Dwork, McSherry, Nissim and Smith, 2006) requires a randomized algorithm's output distribution to change little when one individual's record is changed. PAC learning asks an algorithm to output, from i.i.d. labeled examples, a hypothesis whose error is small with high probability. Kasiviswanathan, Lee, Nissim, Raskhodnikova and Smith (arXiv:0803.0924v3; SIAM J. Comput. 40(3) (2011) 793–826, DOI 10.1137/090756090) asked which concept classes can be learned under both requirements at once. All theorem, page and display numbers in this mission are those of the arXiv v3.

Their generic learner (§3, the subject of mission I of this series) learns every finite class privately with a polynomial number of examples, but its running time is exponential in the representation size for classes such as parity. Parity functions are the standard example of a class that is learnable efficiently by linear algebra and not learnable with statistical queries (Kearns, 1998; Blum et al., 1994), a model that was then the main known source of efficient private learners (Blum, Dwork, McSherry and Nissim, 2005). Section 4 of the paper gives an efficient private PAC learner for parity. The result separates efficient private learning from statistical-query learning, and the local (randomized-response) model from the centralized one (missions III–V).

Setting

For d≥1d \ge 1d≥1 and r∈{0,1}dr \in \{0,1\}^dr∈{0,1}d, the parity function cr(x)=r⊙xc_r(x) = r \odot xcr​(x)=r⊙x is the inner product of rrr and xxx modulo 2; PARITY is {cr:r∈{0,1}d}\{c_r : r \in \{0,1\}^d\}{cr​:r∈{0,1}d}. A database is z=(z1,…,zn)z = (z_1,\dots,z_n)z=(z1​,…,zn​) with zi=(xi,yi)∈{0,1}d×{0,1}z_i = (x_i, y_i) \in \{0,1\}^d \times \{0,1\}zi​=(xi​,yi​)∈{0,1}d×{0,1}. Two databases are neighbors if they differ in exactly one entry. A randomized algorithm AAA, identified with the law A(z)A(z)A(z) of its output, is ε\varepsilonε-differentially private if Pr⁡[A(z)∈S]≤eεPr⁡[A(z′)∈S]\Pr[A(z) \in S] \le e^{\varepsilon}\Pr[A(z') \in S]Pr[A(z)∈S]≤eεPr[A(z′)∈S] for all neighbors z,z′z, z'z,z′ and all sets SSS of outputs. Lap(s)\mathrm{Lap}(s)Lap(s) is the Laplace distribution with density 12se−∣x∣/s\frac{1}{2s}e^{-|x|/s}2s1​e−∣x∣/s.

For S⊆[n]S \subseteq [n]S⊆[n], VS⊆Z2dV_S \subseteq \mathbb Z_2^dVS​⊆Z2d​ is the solution space of the linear system {xi⊙r=yi:i∈S}\{x_i \odot r = y_i : i \in S\}{xi​⊙r=yi​:i∈S}. The basic learner A(z,ε)\mathcal A(z,\varepsilon)A(z,ε) outputs ⊥\bot⊥ with probability 1/21/21/2; otherwise it puts each i∈[n]i \in [n]i∈[n] into SSS independently with probability p=ε/4p = \varepsilon/4p=ε/4 and outputs cr∗c_{r^*}cr∗​ for r∗r^*r∗ uniform in VSV_SVS​, or ⊥\bot⊥ if VS=∅V_S = \emptysetVS​=∅.

The amplified learner A∗(z,ε,α,β)\mathcal A^*(z,\varepsilon,\alpha,\beta)A∗(z,ε,α,β) sets β′=β/2\beta' = \beta/2β′=β/2, α′=α/5\alpha' = \alpha/5α′=α/5, k=⌈log⁡4/3(1/β′)⌉k = \lceil\log_{4/3}(1/\beta')\rceilk=⌈log4/3​(1/β′)⌉, n′=⌈cd/(εα′)⌉n' = \lceil cd/(\varepsilon\alpha')\rceiln′=⌈cd/(εα′)⌉, s=⌈(c′k/(α′ε))log⁡2(k/β′)⌉s = \lceil (c'k/(\alpha'\varepsilon))\log_2(k/\beta')\rceils=⌈(c′k/(α′ε))log2​(k/β′)⌉ for constants c,c′c, c'c,c′. If n≤kn′+sn \le kn' + sn≤kn′+s it returns "insufficient samples". Otherwise it runs A\mathcal AA on kkk disjoint blocks of n′n'n′ examples, obtaining h1,…,hkh_1,\dots,h_kh1​,…,hk​. It perturbs each training error on the next sss examples by independent Lap(k/(sε))\mathrm{Lap}(k/(s\varepsilon))Lap(k/(sε)) noise and outputs the hjh_jhj​ with the least perturbed error.

For a distribution X\mathcal XX on {0,1}d\{0,1\}^d{0,1}d and a target crc_rcr​, the error of cr′c_{r'}cr′​ is err(cr′)=Pr⁡x∼X[cr′(x)≠cr(x)]\mathrm{err}(c_{r'}) = \Pr_{x\sim\mathcal X}[c_{r'}(x) \ne c_r(x)]err(cr′​)=Prx∼X​[cr′​(x)=cr​(x)], and probabilities of the learner's success are over x1,…,xn∼Xx_1,\dots,x_n \sim \mathcal Xx1​,…,xn​∼X i.i.d., zi=(xi,cr(xi))z_i = (x_i, c_r(x_i))zi​=(xi​,cr​(xi​)), and the learner's coins.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.4

There are constants c,c′,C>0c, c', C > 0c,c′,C>0 such that for all d≥1d \ge 1d≥1, 0<ε≤1/20 < \varepsilon \le 1/20<ε≤1/2, α,β∈(0,1/2)\alpha, \beta \in (0,1/2)α,β∈(0,1/2): A∗(⋅,ε,α,β)\mathcal A^*(\cdot,\varepsilon,\alpha,\beta)A∗(⋅,ε,α,β) is ε\varepsilonε-differentially private on databases of every size, and

n≥C (d+log⁡2(1/β))log⁡2(1/β)εα  ⟹  Pr⁡[A∗ outputs h∗ with err(h∗)≤α]≥1−βn \ge C\,\frac{(d + \log_2(1/\beta))\log_2(1/\beta)}{\varepsilon\alpha} \implies \Pr\big[\mathcal A^* \text{ outputs } h^* \text{ with } \mathrm{err}(h^*) \le \alpha\big] \ge 1-\betan≥Cεα(d+log2​(1/β))log2​(1/β)​⟹Pr[A∗ outputs h∗ with err(h∗)≤α]≥1−β

for every distribution X\mathcal XX and every target crc_rcr​. When log⁡2(1/β)≤d\log_2(1/\beta) \le dlog2​(1/β)≤d the bound is the paper's O(dlog⁡(1/β)/(εα))O(d\log(1/\beta)/(\varepsilon\alpha))O(dlog(1/β)/(εα)). The constants are fixed before all other parameters. The goal is literally the conjunction of Lemma 4.5 and Lemma 4.6.

Milestones

Thm 2.3 (Laplace mechanism),Claim 2.2 (composition),Thm A.1 (Chernoff),Occam’s razor for ∣H∣=2d,\text{Thm 2.3 (Laplace mechanism)},\quad \text{Claim 2.2 (composition)},\quad \text{Thm A.1 (Chernoff)},\quad \text{Occam's razor for } |H| = 2^d,Thm 2.3 (Laplace mechanism),Claim 2.2 (composition),Thm A.1 (Chernoff),Occam’s razor for ∣H∣=2d, Lemma 4.1: n≥8εα(dln⁡2+ln⁡4)⇒Pr⁡[A(z,ε)=h, err(h)≤α]≥14,\text{Lemma 4.1: } n \ge \tfrac{8}{\varepsilon\alpha}(d\ln 2 + \ln 4) \Rightarrow \Pr[\mathcal A(z,\varepsilon) = h,\ \mathrm{err}(h)\le\alpha] \ge \tfrac14,Lemma 4.1: n≥εα8​(dln2+ln4)⇒Pr[A(z,ε)=h, err(h)≤α]≥41​, ∣VT∣≤2∣VT∪{i}∣ if VT∪{i}≠∅,Claim 4.3,Lemma 4.2 (A private),Lemma 4.5 (A∗ private),Lemma 4.6 (A∗ learns).|V_T| \le 2|V_{T\cup\{i\}}| \text{ if } V_{T\cup\{i\}} \ne \emptyset,\quad \text{Claim 4.3},\quad \text{Lemma 4.2 (}\mathcal A\text{ private)},\quad \text{Lemma 4.5 (}\mathcal A^*\text{ private)},\quad \text{Lemma 4.6 (}\mathcal A^*\text{ learns)}.∣VT​∣≤2∣VT∪{i}​∣ if VT∪{i}​=∅,Claim 4.3,Lemma 4.2 (A private),Lemma 4.5 (A∗ private),Lemma 4.6 (A∗ learns).

Significance

The theorem shows that the restriction to private algorithms does not separate efficient learnability from statistical-query learnability: parity is efficiently and privately PAC learnable, yet not SQ learnable. Its sample complexity exceeds the non-private O((d+ln⁡(1/β))/α)O((d + \ln(1/\beta))/\alpha)O((d+ln(1/β))/α) by a factor O(ln⁡(1/β)/ε)O(\ln(1/\beta)/\varepsilon)O(ln(1/β)/ε) (remark, p. 18). The private amplification step (private model selection with Laplace-perturbed test errors) is a general technique that converts any private learner with constant success probability into a private PAC learner.

The result is proved in the paper; none of it is machine-checked as far as we know. The mission produces a formal library of the basic privacy calculus (Laplace mechanism, composition and post-processing), the Z2\mathbb Z_2Z2​ solution-space estimate behind the privacy of A\mathcal AA, and the analysis of both learners. Formalizing it also repairs the paper's statement: the printed sample bound fails when log⁡(1/β)\log(1/\beta)log(1/β) is large compared with ddd (see the scope section), and the base of the logarithm defining kkk is misprinted.

Difficulty

The obvious private learner, "solve the linear system on all examples and output a random solution", is not private. One changed example can make the system inconsistent and turn every hypothesis output into failure, so the output law on neighboring databases differs by an unbounded factor. Two devices restore privacy: subsampling each example with probability ε/4\varepsilon/4ε/4, and failing with probability 1/21/21/2 unconditionally. The privacy proof then needs a quantitative fact about Z2\mathbb Z_2Z2​: adding one consistent equation at most halves the solution space. The proof must also handle databases labeled by no parity at all, where solution spaces are empty.

Utility has its own difficulty. The amplified learner selects among candidates through noisy test errors, so three failure events (no good candidate, unrepresentative test set, large Laplace noise) must be bounded together. The sizes kkk, n′n'n′, sss must also be shown to fit inside the claimed sample bound.

Formalization scope

  • Bits are ZMod 2; {0,1}d\{0,1\}^d{0,1}d is Fin d → ZMod 2; cr(x)c_r(x)cr​(x) is dotProduct r x. Databases are Fin n → (Fin d → ZMod 2) × ZMod 2, with 0-based indices.
  • An algorithm is the law of its output. A\mathcal AA's output is Option (Fin d → ZMod 2) (none = ⊥\bot⊥). A∗\mathcal A^*A∗'s output is "insufficient samples", ⊥\bot⊥, or a hypothesis crc_rcr​. Every set of outputs is measurable, and differential privacy is required for all measurable sets.
  • The distribution X\mathcal XX is a PMF on the finite set {0,1}d\{0,1\}^d{0,1}d. The probability over the examples is a finite sum weighted by ∏iX(xi)\prod_i \mathcal X(x_i)∏i​X(xi​), and ⊥\bot⊥ has error 1.
  • Corrections and explicit hypotheses. (1) k=⌈log⁡4/3(1/β′)⌉k = \lceil\log_{4/3}(1/\beta')\rceilk=⌈log4/3​(1/β′)⌉: the printed base 3/43/43/4 gives k≤0k \le 0k≤0, and the proof needs (3/4)k≤β′(3/4)^k \le \beta'(3/4)k≤β′. (2) Sizes are ceilings; log⁡\loglog is base 2 and ln⁡\lnln is natural, as on p. 8. (3) Privacy is stated for 0<ε≤1/20 < \varepsilon \le 1/20<ε≤1/2: the proof of Lemma 4.2 uses ε≤1/2\varepsilon \le 1/2ε≤1/2, and its step 2p/(1−p)+1≤ε+12p/(1-p) + 1 \le \varepsilon + 12p/(1−p)+1≤ε+1 fails beyond that. Utility statements need only 0<ε≤40 < \varepsilon \le 40<ε≤4, so that p=ε/4p = \varepsilon/4p=ε/4 is a probability. (4) The printed bound O(dlog⁡(1/β)/(εα))O(d\log(1/\beta)/(\varepsilon\alpha))O(dlog(1/β)/(εα)) is false when log⁡(1/β)≫d\log(1/\beta) \gg dlog(1/β)≫d, because A∗\mathcal A^*A∗ refuses unless n>kn′+sn > kn' + sn>kn′+s and sss grows like log⁡2(1/β)/(εα)\log^2(1/\beta)/(\varepsilon\alpha)log2(1/β)/(εα). Utility is therefore stated with the bound C(d+log⁡2(1/β))log⁡2(1/β)/(εα)C(d + \log_2(1/\beta))\log_2(1/\beta)/(\varepsilon\alpha)C(d+log2​(1/β))log2​(1/β)/(εα), the order of kn′+skn' + skn′+s, which equals the printed order whenever log⁡2(1/β)≤d\log_2(1/\beta) \le dlog2​(1/β)≤d. The privacy conjunct does not depend on the sample bound. (5) A ⊥\bot⊥ candidate does not take part in the argmin, and ties go to the least index. (6) Lemma 4.1 assumes α≤1/2\alpha \le 1/2α≤1/2, which its proof uses. (7) Claim 4.3 is stated in product form (no division). (8) Theorem 2.3 takes any positive bound Δ\DeltaΔ on the global sensitivity.
  • "Efficiently" (polynomial running time) is not modelled.
  • Ruling out trivial readings. The constants c,c′,Cc, c', Cc,c′,C are existentially quantified once, outside every other quantifier. A constant chosen after ddd, ε\varepsilonε, α\alphaα, β\betaβ would make the utility claim trivial. Success requires an actual hypothesis output, so "insufficient samples" and ⊥\bot⊥ are failures. Privacy quantifies over all databases, not only consistently labeled ones.
  • Reused results: ComputationalLearning.chernoff_bounds (Theorem A.1) and ComputationalLearning.occam_cardinality (Occam's razor), both proved on the platform.
  • Contributions welcome: proofs of the privacy calculus (Theorem 2.3, Claim 2.2) for general use, the Z2\mathbb Z_2Z2​ halving lemma, and the utility analysis. The first two are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • S. P. Kasiviswanathan, H. K. Lee, K. Nissim, S. Raskhodnikova, A. Smith, What Can We Learn Privately?, SIAM J. Comput. 40(3) (2011) 793–826. arXiv:0803.0924v3, DOI 10.1137/090756090
  • C. Dwork, F. McSherry, K. Nissim, A. Smith, Calibrating Noise to Sensitivity in Private Data Analysis, TCC 2006. DOI 10.1007/11681878_14
  • A. Blum, C. Dwork, F. McSherry, K. Nissim, Practical Privacy: The SuLQ Framework, PODS 2005. DOI 10.1145/1065167.1065184
  • M. Kearns, Efficient Noise-Tolerant Learning from Statistical Queries, J. ACM 45(6) (1998) 983–1006. DOI 10.1145/293347.293351
  • A. Blum, M. Furst, J. Jackson, M. Kearns, Y. Mansour, S. Rudich, Weakly Learning DNF and Characterizing Statistical Query Learning Using Fourier Analysis, STOC 1994. DOI 10.1145/195058.195147
  • M. Kearns, U. Vazirani, An Introduction to Computational Learning Theory, MIT Press, 1994. DOI 10.7551/mitpress/3897.001.0001
14 thms3 active usersReviewed
Information Theory·Captain: wurtle

Sharp binary-information contraction on the discrete cubeResearch Paper

Motivation

Draw nnn independent fair bits XXX, compute a one-bit summary f(X)f(X)f(X), and send the bits through independent binary symmetric channels with crossover probability ε\varepsilonε, producing YYY. Which summary tells the receiver the most about YYY? Kumar and Courtade conjectured that a single coordinate, f(X)=X1f(X)=X_1f(X)=X1​, is optimal: I(f(X);Y)≤1−h2(ε)I(f(X);Y)\le 1-h_2(\varepsilon)I(f(X);Y)≤1−h2​(ε) bits for every Boolean fff, in every dimension and at every noise level (ISIT 2013; IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 2014). The Courtade–Kumar (most informative Boolean function) conjecture is a basic question about how noise destroys information on the discrete cube, connecting information theory with Boolean Fourier analysis and hypercontractivity.

This mission asks for a formal proof of a sharp contraction theorem for arbitrary randomized binary summaries, whose Boolean case is the Courtade–Kumar conjecture, as stated in an OpenAI preprint dated September 24, 2026 (source). The preprint has not been peer reviewed and its claims have not been independently verified; on the platform the Lean goal is open.

Background

  • 1970–1976 — Hypercontractivity on the cube (Bonami, Ann. Inst. Fourier 1970; Gross, Amer. J. Math. 1975; Beckner, Annals 1975); Mrs. Gerber's lemma (Wyner–Ziv, IEEE TIT 1973).
  • 2013–2014 — Kumar and Courtade pose the conjecture and prove a coordinatewise sum bound.
  • 2016 — High-noise results: Ordentlich, Shayevitz and Weinstein for balanced functions (ISIT 2016); Samorodnitsky for all Boolean functions in a dimension-independent high-noise range (IEEE TIT 2016).
  • 2018 — Pichler, Piantanida and Matz prove coordinate optimality when the observation is also reduced to one bit (Ann. Appl. Probab. 2018).
  • 2020–2023 — Barnes–Özgür's symmetrized reformulation (ISIT 2020); Li–Médard on fixed-mean optimizers (IEEE TIT 2021); Yu's Φ\PhiΦ-stability (PTRF 2023).
  • 2025–2026 — Chen, Gohari and Nair's differential (entropy-production) approach; independent preprints announcing proofs by Chen, Gohari, Javanmard, Lin, Mirrokni, Nair and Woodruff (arXiv:2609.24931), Ky and Tran (arXiv:2609.24184), Mahdavifar and Beirami (arXiv:2609.26444), and a bias-retaining finite-noise bound by Kramer and Saglam.
  • September 2026 — The OpenAI preprint (Theorems 1.1 and 1.3, Corollary 1.2, pp. 1–4).

Setting

Let Ωn={−1,1}n\Omega_n=\{-1,1\}^nΩn​={−1,1}n with uniform measure; information is in nats unless stated. For r∈[−1,1]r\in[-1,1]r∈[−1,1] put

L=log⁡2,H(r)=−1+r2log⁡1+r2−1−r2log⁡1−r2,ψ(r)=L−H(r),L=\log2,\quad H(r)=-\tfrac{1+r}2\log\tfrac{1+r}2-\tfrac{1-r}2\log\tfrac{1-r}2,\quad \psi(r)=L-H(r),L=log2,H(r)=−21+r​log21+r​−21−r​log21−r​,ψ(r)=L−H(r),

with 0log⁡0=00\log0=00log0=0; ψ−1\psi^{-1}ψ−1 is the increasing branch [0,L]→[0,1][0,L]\to[0,1][0,L]→[0,1]. A soft channel is u:Ωn→[−1,1]u:\Omega_n\to[-1,1]u:Ωn​→[−1,1], the conditional mean of an auxiliary sign UUU given XXX; its information is I(u)=H(Eu)−EH(u)=I(U;X)I(u)=H(\mathbb Eu)-\mathbb EH(u)=I(U;X)I(u)=H(Eu)−EH(u)=I(U;X). For ρ∈[−1,1]\rho\in[-1,1]ρ∈[−1,1] let Yi=XiZiY_i=X_iZ_iYi​=Xi​Zi​ with independent signs EZi=ρ\mathbb EZ_i=\rhoEZi​=ρ, and let Tρu(y)=E[u(X)∣Y=y]T_\rho u(y)=\mathbb E[u(X)\mid Y=y]Tρ​u(y)=E[u(X)∣Y=y], so I(Tρu)=I(U;Y)I(T_\rho u)=I(U;Y)I(Tρ​u)=I(U;Y). For an interior field g:Ωn→(−1,1)g:\Omega_n\to(-1,1)g:Ωn​→(−1,1) with m=Egm=\mathbb Egm=Eg, the production is D(g)=E[atanh⁡(g) Ng]D(g)=\mathbb E[\operatorname{atanh}(g)\,Ng]D(g)=E[atanh(g)Ng] with Ng=12∑i(g−g∘flipi)Ng=\frac12\sum_i(g-g\circ\mathrm{flip}_i)Ng=21​∑i​(g−g∘flipi​); the rate FFF is defined by F(ψ(r))=ratanh⁡rF(\psi(r))=r\operatorname{atanh}rF(ψ(r))=ratanhr; S(I)=F(I)−2IS(I)=F(I)-2IS(I)=F(I)−2I (zero for I<0I<0I<0); Bm(I)=2I+(1−m2)S(L−H(m)−I1−m2)B_m(I)=2I+(1-m^2)S\bigl(L-\frac{H(m)-I}{1-m^2}\bigr)Bm​(I)=2I+(1−m2)S(L−1−m2H(m)−I​).

Formalization targets

Milestone: Courtade–Kumar inequality in bits (Corollary 1.2, p. 2)

For n≥1n\ge1n≥1, 0≤ε≤120\le\varepsilon\le\frac120≤ε≤21​ and every Boolean fff on {0,1}n\{0,1\}^n{0,1}n,

I2(f(X);Y)≤1−h2(ε),I_2(f(X);Y)\le 1-h_2(\varepsilon),I2​(f(X);Y)≤1−h2​(ε),

with equality for every coordinate x↦xix\mapsto x_ix↦xi​ and its complement.

Goal: the soft contraction package (Theorem 1.1, p. 1; Corollary 1.2, p. 2; Theorem 1.3, p. 4)

The goal OAI.SoftChannel204.fullMain is the conjunction of:

  1. Theorem 1.1. For all nnn, u:Ωn→[−1,1]u:\Omega_n\to[-1,1]u:Ωn​→[−1,1], ρ∈[−1,1]\rho\in[-1,1]ρ∈[−1,1]:
I(Tρu)≤ψ(∣ρ∣ ψ−1(I(u))),I(T_\rho u)\le\psi\bigl(|\rho|\,\psi^{-1}(I(u))\bigr),I(Tρ​u)≤ψ(∣ρ∣ψ−1(I(u))),

with equality for every soft coordinate u(x)=axiu(x)=a x_iu(x)=axi​, ∣a∣≤1|a|\le1∣a∣≤1; and I(U;Y)=I(Tρu)I(U;Y)=I(T_\rho u)I(U;Y)=I(Tρ​u) for the joint law of (U,Y)(U,Y)(U,Y). 2. Corollary 1.2. For Boolean fff with m=Efm=\mathbb Efm=Ef and rm=ψ−1(H(m))r_m=\psi^{-1}(H(m))rm​=ψ−1(H(m)): I(f(X);Y)≤ψ(∣ρ∣rm)≤ψ(∣ρ∣)I(f(X);Y)\le\psi(|\rho|r_m)\le\psi(|\rho|)I(f(X);Y)≤ψ(∣ρ∣rm​)≤ψ(∣ρ∣), strictly below ψ(∣ρ∣)\psi(|\rho|)ψ(∣ρ∣) when 0<∣m∣<10<|m|<10<∣m∣<1 and 0<∣ρ∣0<|\rho|0<∣ρ∣; coordinates and their negations attain ψ(∣ρ∣)\psi(|\rho|)ψ(∣ρ∣); and the bits conversion ψ(1−2ε)/L=1−h2(ε)\psi(1-2\varepsilon)/L=1-h_2(\varepsilon)ψ(1−2ε)/L=1−h2​(ε). 3. Theorem 1.3. For every interior ggg: D(g)≥max⁡{Bm(I(g)),F(I(g))}≥F(I(g))D(g)\ge\max\{B_m(I(g)),F(I(g))\}\ge F(I(g))D(g)≥max{Bm​(I(g)),F(I(g))}≥F(I(g)).

Significance

The result itself. It settles the Courtade–Kumar conjecture and strengthens it in two directions: to randomized summaries at fixed initial information, and to a bias-dependent bound that is strictly better for nonconstant biased outputs. Theorem 1.3 is a mean-dependent entropy-production inequality, stronger than the scalar rate needed for Theorem 1.1. Several independent proofs of the Boolean conjecture were announced in the same period; the preprint compares its production profile with that of Chen et al. in Section 8.

Formalizing it. All objects are finite sums over {−1,1}n\{-1,1\}^n{−1,1}n, so the statements are elementary to state in Lean. The proof requires an explicit three-point optimizer for a joining problem, convexity facts about FFF and SSS (Lemmas 2.2–2.4, pp. 5–6), dimension induction and integration along the noise semigroup. A formal proof would give a checked solution of a conjecture with several competing announced proofs, some computer-assisted.

Difficulty

The local-to-global method of Chen, Gohari and Nair needs a local inequality to pass from the two halves of the cube to the whole. The natural information-only profile Φm(I)=F(I)\Phi_m(I)=F(I)Φm​(I)=F(I) fails the corresponding local comparison for some coupled pair laws, so the induction must carry the mean mmm as well. The preprint uses the maximum of two profiles, BmB_mBm​ and FFF; it must solve the minimization of the joining cost exactly (Section 3), pay the interior pair with a variance-refined one-bit inequality (Lemma 4.1, p. 12), and control the common-output corners by a thinning argument (Theorem 6.1, p. 17). The linear bound D(g)≥2I(g)D(g)\ge2I(g)D(g)≥2I(g) from the log-Sobolev inequality does not suffice; the nonlinear surplus above 2I2I2I is where the difficulty lies.

Formalization scope

  • Cube n = Fin n → Bool, averages are finite sums divided by 2n2^n2n, logs are natural; sign maps Bool to ±1\pm1±1.
  • psiInv is Function.invFunOn psi (Icc 0 1); since ψ\psiψ is strictly increasing on [0,1][0,1][0,1] and I(u)∈[0,L]I(u)\in[0,L]I(u)∈[0,L], this is the paper's branch.
  • noise ρ u y = ∑ x, kernel ρ y x * u x with kernel the product of (1±ρ)/2(1\pm\rho)/2(1±ρ)/2, which is TρT_\rhoTρ​. Mutual information is the finite sum over the joint table, with terms omitted where the joint probability is 000.
  • F is stated as psiInv s * artanh (psiInv s) and is only used on [0,L)[0,L)[0,L); for interior ggg, ∣m∣<1|m|<1∣m∣<1 and 0≤I(g)<H(m)≤L0\le I(g)<H(m)\le L0≤I(g)<H(m)≤L, so reserve and hybrid are evaluated in their source domain.
  • All results hold for every n≥0n\ge0n≥0; the attainment statements quantify over i : Fin n. The milestone (separate definition file) uses the crossover form with bits.

Selected references

  • OpenAI, Sharp binary-information contraction on the discrete cube, OpenAI Math Release preprint, September 24, 2026. https://github.com/openai/math/blob/adc7f1241b42e322a6451854ab7e4b4c146bf78a/preprints/Sharp-binary-information-contraction-on-the-discrete-cube-September-24-2026/main.pdf
  • T. A. Courtade, G. R. Kumar, Which Boolean functions maximize mutual information on noisy inputs?, IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 60 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2014.2326877
  • G. R. Kumar, T. A. Courtade, Which Boolean functions are most informative?, ISIT 2013. https://doi.org/10.1109/ISIT.2013.6620221
  • A. Samorodnitsky, On the entropy of a noisy function, IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory (2016). https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2016.2584625
  • O. Ordentlich, O. Shayevitz, O. Weinstein, An improved upper bound for the most informative Boolean function conjecture, ISIT 2016. https://doi.org/10.1109/ISIT.2016.7541349
  • G. Pichler, P. Piantanida, G. Matz, Dictator functions maximize mutual information, Ann. Appl. Probab. (2018). https://doi.org/10.1214/18-AAP1384
  • L. Yu, On the Φ\PhiΦ-stability and related conjectures, Probab. Theory Relat. Fields (2023). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00440-023-01209-5
  • A. Gohari, C. Nair, Outer bounds for multiuser settings: the auxiliary receiver approach, IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory (2022). https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2021.3128136
  • Z. Chen, A. Gohari, A. Javanmard, et al., A proof of the most informative Boolean function conjecture, arXiv:2609.24931 (2026). https://arxiv.org/abs/2609.24931
  • V. K. Ky, T. Tran, Dictators are most informative, arXiv:2609.24184 (2026). https://arxiv.org/abs/2609.24184
  • H. Mahdavifar, A. Beirami, The most informative bit and beyond, arXiv:2609.26444 (2026). https://arxiv.org/abs/2609.26444
  • S. G. Bobkov, P. Tetali, Modified logarithmic Sobolev inequalities in discrete settings, J. Theoret. Probab. (2006). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10959-006-0016-3
6 thms3 active usersReviewed
Machine LearningTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

What Can We Learn Privately? I: The Exponential Mechanism Privately Agnostically Learns Any Finite Concept Class from O((ln|C| + ln(1/β))·max{1/(εα), 1/α²}) ExamplesResearch Paper

Motivation

Many learning tasks run on data about people: medical records, purchase histories, survey answers. A learner whose output reveals too much about any one training example is unusable on such data, however accurate it is. Differential privacy (Dwork, McSherry, Nissim and Smith, 2006) makes "reveals too much" precise: changing one individual's record may change the probability of any outcome of the algorithm by at most a factor eεe^{\varepsilon}eε.

Kasiviswanathan, Lee, Nissim, Raskhodnikova and Smith asked which concept classes can be learned under this constraint, and at what cost in examples. This mission formalizes their first answer (§3 of the paper): every finite concept class can be learned privately in the agnostic model, with a sample size that grows only logarithmically in the size of the class. The result is the private counterpart of the cardinality version of Occam's razor (Kearns and Vazirani, An Introduction to Computational Learning Theory, 1994, p. 35). The paper appeared in SIAM J. Comput. 40(3) (2011) 793–826, DOI 10.1137/090756090; all indices below are those of arXiv:0803.0924v3.

The learner is an instance of the exponential mechanism of McSherry and Talwar (FOCS 2007), which selects an output with probability exponentially weighted by a quality score.

Setting

A database of size nnn over a domain DDD is a vector z=(z1,…,zn)∈Dnz=(z_1,\dots,z_n)\in D^nz=(z1​,…,zn​)∈Dn. Databases z,z′z,z'z,z′ are neighbors if they differ in exactly one entry. A randomized algorithm AAA is described by the law A(z)A(z)A(z) of its output on each input. It is ε\varepsilonε-differentially private (Definition 2.1) if

Pr⁡[A(z)∈S]≤eεPr⁡[A(z′)∈S]\Pr[A(z)\in S]\le e^{\varepsilon}\Pr[A(z')\in S]Pr[A(z)∈S]≤eεPr[A(z′)∈S]

for all neighbors z,z′z,z'z,z′ and all measurable sets SSS of outputs.

Learning uses a finite set XXX of examples and labels {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}. A hypothesis is a map h:X→{0,1}h:X\to\{0,1\}h:X→{0,1}, and HHH is a finite nonempty class of hypotheses; in the theorem H=CdH=C_dH=Cd​, the concept class itself. Data are drawn i.i.d. from an arbitrary probability distribution PPP on X×{0,1}X\times\{0,1\}X×{0,1} (the agnostic setting, Definition 2.5). The error of hhh is err(h)=Pr⁡(x,y)∼P[h(x)≠y]\mathrm{err}(h)=\Pr_{(x,y)\sim P}[h(x)\neq y]err(h)=Pr(x,y)∼P​[h(x)=y], and OPT=min⁡f∈Herr(f)\mathrm{OPT}=\min_{f\in H}\mathrm{err}(f)OPT=minf∈H​err(f). On a database z=((xi,yi))i≤nz=((x_i,y_i))_{i\le n}z=((xi​,yi​))i≤n​ the score is q(z,h)=−∣{i:yi≠h(xi)}∣q(z,h)=-|\{i:y_i\neq h(x_i)\}|q(z,h)=−∣{i:yi​=h(xi​)}∣ and the training error is errT(h)=−q(z,h)/n\mathrm{err}_T(h)=-q(z,h)/nerrT​(h)=−q(z,h)/n.

The exponential mechanism Aqε\mathcal A^{\varepsilon}_qAqε​ outputs h∈Hh\in Hh∈H with probability proportional to exp⁡(εq(z,h)/2)\exp(\varepsilon q(z,h)/2)exp(εq(z,h)/2). In Lean these objects are IsDP, err, OPT, score, errT and expMech in the namespace PrivLearn.Generic.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.4 (generic private learner)

There is an absolute constant C>0C>0C>0 such that for every finite XXX, every finite nonempty HHH, every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 and all α,β∈(0,1/2)\alpha,\beta\in(0,1/2)α,β∈(0,1/2):

  1. Aqε\mathcal A^{\varepsilon}_qAqε​ is ε\varepsilonε-differentially private on databases of every size;
  2. for every distribution PPP on X×{0,1}X\times\{0,1\}X×{0,1} and every
n ≥ C(ln⁡∣H∣+ln⁡1β)max⁡{1εα,1α2},n\ \ge\ C\Big(\ln|H|+\ln\tfrac1\beta\Big)\max\Big\{\tfrac1{\varepsilon\alpha},\tfrac1{\alpha^2}\Big\},n ≥ C(ln∣H∣+lnβ1​)max{εα1​,α21​},

the mechanism run on nnn i.i.d. samples from PPP satisfies

Pr⁡[err(Aqε(z))>OPT+α]≤β.\Pr\big[\mathrm{err}(\mathcal A^{\varepsilon}_q(z))>\mathrm{OPT}+\alpha\big]\le\beta .Pr[err(Aqε​(z))>OPT+α]≤β.

The constant is left unspecified, as the paper's O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) leaves it. The qualitative first sentence of Theorem 3.4 (classes of size exp⁡(poly(d))\exp(\mathrm{poly}(d))exp(poly(d)) are privately agnostically learnable) follows at once, because then ln⁡∣H∣\ln|H|ln∣H∣ is polynomial in ddd.

Milestones

  • Lemma 3.3: Aqε\mathcal A^{\varepsilon}_qAqε​ is ε\varepsilonε-differentially private.
  • Theorem A.2: for i.i.d. Xi∈[a,b]X_i\in[a,b]Xi​∈[a,b] with mean μ\muμ, Pr⁡[∣1n∑iXi−μ∣≥δ]≤2exp⁡(−2δ2n/(b−a)2)\Pr[|\frac1n\sum_iX_i-\mu|\ge\delta]\le2\exp(-2\delta^2n/(b-a)^2)Pr[∣n1​∑i​Xi​−μ∣≥δ]≤2exp(−2δ2n/(b−a)2).
  • Uniform convergence (proof of Theorem 3.4, p. 11): Pr⁡[∃h∈H: ∣err(h)−errT(h)∣≥ρ]≤2∣H∣e−2nρ2\Pr[\exists h\in H:\ |\mathrm{err}(h)-\mathrm{err}_T(h)|\ge\rho]\le2|H|e^{-2n\rho^2}Pr[∃h∈H: ∣err(h)−errT​(h)∣≥ρ]≤2∣H∣e−2nρ2.
  • Exponential weights (proof of Theorem 3.4, p. 12): if ∣err(h)−errT(h)∣<ρ|\mathrm{err}(h)-\mathrm{err}_T(h)|<\rho∣err(h)−errT​(h)∣<ρ for all h∈Hh\in Hh∈H, then Aqε(z)\mathcal A^{\varepsilon}_q(z)Aqε​(z) outputs some hhh with errT(h)≥OPT+2ρ\mathrm{err}_T(h)\ge\mathrm{OPT}+2\rhoerrT​(h)≥OPT+2ρ with probability at most ∣H∣e−εnρ/2|H|e^{-\varepsilon n\rho/2}∣H∣e−εnρ/2.
  • Corollary 3.6: the same guarantee with ln⁡∣H∣\ln|H|ln∣H∣ replaced by VCDIM(Cd)⋅ln⁡∣X∣\mathrm{VCDIM}(C_d)\cdot\ln|X|VCDIM(Cd​)⋅ln∣X∣.

Significance

Theorem 3.4 shows that privacy costs little in sample complexity when computation is unconstrained. Any class that some learner with polynomially long output can learn is learnable privately from polynomially many examples. The non-private agnostic bound is O((log⁡∣Cd∣+log⁡(1/β))/α2)O((\log|C_d|+\log(1/\beta))/\alpha^2)O((log∣Cd​∣+log(1/β))/α2); the private one is larger by a factor O(α/ε)O(\alpha/\varepsilon)O(α/ε) when α>ε\alpha>\varepsilonα>ε, and is the same otherwise (Remark, p. 12). The theorem is the baseline the rest of the paper refines: an efficient private learner for parity (§4) and the equivalence of local privacy with statistical query learning (§5). It also underlies later work on the sample complexity of private learning, such as Beimel, Kasiviswanathan and Nissim (TCC 2010).

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has not been machine-checked. The mission produces a checked statement of the exponential mechanism's privacy and of its learning guarantee with an explicit dependence on ∣H∣|H|∣H∣, ε\varepsilonε, α\alphaα and β\betaβ. It also provides a reusable bounded i.i.d. Hoeffding inequality (Theorem A.2) in the form learning theory uses. Formalizing the proof with any explicit constant is welcome. The constant 666 printed at the end of the proof does not, by itself, make the last inequality close (the two error terms add to more than β\betaβ), so a correct constant is a genuine contribution.

Difficulty

Privacy and accuracy pull in opposite directions. Empirical risk minimization, the obvious learner, is not private: replacing one example can change which hypothesis minimizes the training error, and the output then changes with probability one. Smoothing the choice must not destroy accuracy, and the accuracy argument must hold simultaneously for every hypothesis in the class, with the mechanism's randomness and the sample's randomness combined into one failure probability. In Lean the measure-theoretic bookkeeping is non-trivial: the output is a measure on a function space, the failure probability integrates the mechanism's law against the product measure PnP^nPn, and the privacy bound must hold for every measurable event, not only for single hypotheses.

Formalization scope

  • Databases are vectors Fin n → X × Bool, indexed from 000; neighbors differ in exactly one coordinate.
  • Algorithms are output laws: Aqε(z)\mathcal A^{\varepsilon}_q(z)Aqε​(z) is the measure ∑h∈Hpz(h) δh\sum_{h\in H}p_z(h)\,\delta_h∑h∈H​pz​(h)δh​ on X → Bool with the product σ-algebra. It is a probability measure because HHH is nonempty and all weights are positive; the theorems assume HHH nonempty, and the definition does not build normalization in.
  • Privacy is required on every measurable set of outputs and for every database size nnn, with no assumption on how the data arise.
  • The example domain is a finite type with the discrete σ-algebra (the paper's XdX_dXd​ has representations of size at most ddd). The goal quantifies it over Type so that the absolute constant can precede it.
  • Labels are Bool, standing for {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}. Logarithms are natural (Real.log), as in the paper's ln⁡\lnln.
  • Parameters are ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 and α,β∈(0,1/2)\alpha,\beta\in(0,1/2)α,β∈(0,1/2) as in Definitions 2.4 and 3.1. The failure event is the strict err(h)>OPT+α\mathrm{err}(h)>\mathrm{OPT}+\alphaerr(h)>OPT+α, as on p. 11, and OPT is the minimum over H=CdH=C_dH=Cd​.
  • O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) is formalized as one absolute constant C>0C>0C>0 quantified before the domain, the class, the distribution and all parameters. A constant chosen after them would make the statement trivially true.
  • Theorem A.2 assumes measurable, mutually independent, pairwise identically distributed variables with values in [a,b][a,b][a,b] at every point. It makes no assumption n≥1n\ge1n≥1 or a<ba<ba<b; in those cases the right side is 222 by Lean's division conventions.
  • Corollary 3.6 uses the platform's VC dimension ComputationalLearning.vcDim (Kearns–Vazirani's Definition 9, the same notion as the paper's Definition 3.5) and references the platform's proved Sauer lemma.

Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone, a measurable-structure library for finite output laws, and a general exponential-mechanism privacy theorem from which Lemma 3.3 follows.

Selected references

  • S. P. Kasiviswanathan, H. K. Lee, K. Nissim, S. Raskhodnikova, A. Smith, What Can We Learn Privately?, SIAM J. Comput. 40(3) (2011) 793–826. arXiv:0803.0924v3, DOI 10.1137/090756090
  • C. Dwork, F. McSherry, K. Nissim, A. Smith, Calibrating Noise to Sensitivity in Private Data Analysis, TCC 2006. DOI 10.1007/11681878_14
  • F. McSherry, K. Talwar, Mechanism Design via Differential Privacy, FOCS 2007. DOI 10.1109/FOCS.2007.66
  • W. Hoeffding, Probability Inequalities for Sums of Bounded Random Variables, J. Amer. Statist. Assoc. 58 (1963) 13–30. DOI 10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
  • M. Kearns, U. Vazirani, An Introduction to Computational Learning Theory, MIT Press, 1994. DOI 10.7551/mitpress/3897.001.0001
  • A. Beimel, S. P. Kasiviswanathan, K. Nissim, Bounds on the Sample Complexity for Private Learning and Private Data Release, TCC 2010. DOI 10.1007/978-3-642-11799-2_26
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Consumer Returns Policies and Supply Chain Performance 2: Under Consumer Returns, the Differentiated Buy-Back with b − l = s Coordinates the Supply Chain and Gives the Retailer a Share φResearch Paper

Motivation

Retailers in many categories accept returns of products that are not defective: a consumer buys, learns whether the product suits them, and may send it back for a refund. Returns of this kind are a large cost item in retailing, and the refund a retailer offers is an operational decision on a par with its price and its stocking quantity. Xuanming Su, Consumer Returns Policies and Supply Chain Performance (SSRN 1020451, version of August 2008; published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 11(4), 2009, doi:10.1287/msom.1080.0240), studies this decision first for a single seller and then in a supply chain.

This mission formalizes the supply chain part, Section 5 of the paper. A classical result of supply chain contracting is that a manufacturer can align a retailer's ordering decision with the interest of the whole chain by a buy-back contract, which pays the retailer a credit for unsold units (Cachon, Supply Chain Coordination with Contracts, 2003). Su shows that once the retailer also sets a consumer returns policy, the standard buy-back no longer coordinates, and identifies three contracts that do. The companion mission (mission 1 of this series) formalizes the single-seller results of Sections 3–4, in particular Proposition 2, which gives the supply chain optimum used here.

Setting

A consumer who buys at price ppp learns a valuation VVV, drawn independently from a law ν\nuν with finite mean μ=EV\mu = EVμ=EV, and then either keeps the product or returns it for the refund rrr. Keeping is optimal when V≥rV \ge rV≥r. Write

Gˉ(r)=P(V≥r),G(r)=P(V<r),\bar G(r) = \mathbb P(V \ge r), \qquad G(r) = \mathbb P(V < r),Gˉ(r)=P(V≥r),G(r)=P(V<r),

for the probabilities of keeping and returning. A consumer's expected utility from buying is Emax⁡(V,r)E\max(V,r)Emax(V,r), which is therefore the reservation price: all consumers buy if p≤Emax⁡(V,r)p \le E\max(V,r)p≤Emax(V,r) and none buys otherwise (the demand rule (6)). Market demand X≥0X \ge 0X≥0 has distribution function FFF and Fˉ=1−F\bar F = 1 - FFˉ=1−F; a stock q≥0q \ge 0q≥0 sells Emin⁡(X,q)E\min(X,q)Emin(X,q) in expectation when consumers buy, and nothing when they do not. Write S(p,q,r)S(p,q,r)S(p,q,r) for these expected sales. The production cost is ccc, leftover and returned units are salvaged at sss, and 0≤s<c<μ0 \le s < c < \mu0≤s<c<μ.

The total supply chain profit is

ΠT(p,q,r)=[(p−s)Gˉ(r)+(p−r)G(r)] S(p,q,r)−(c−s)q.(15)\Pi_T(p,q,r) = [(p-s)\bar G(r) + (p-r)G(r)]\,S(p,q,r) - (c-s)q. \tag{15}ΠT​(p,q,r)=[(p−s)Gˉ(r)+(p−r)G(r)]S(p,q,r)−(c−s)q.(15)

A manufacturer sells to a retailer, who sets ppp, qqq and (except in Proposition 4) rrr. The contracts are:

  • standard buy-back (w,b)(w,b)(w,b): wholesale price www, credit bbb per leftover unit; the retailer earns (14);
  • differentiated buy-back (w,b,l)(w,b,l)(w,b,l): credit bbb per unsold unit and b−lb-lb−l per returned unit; the retailer earns
ΠR(p,q,r)=[(p−b)Gˉ(r)+(p−r−l)G(r)] S(p,q,r)−(w−b)q;(31)\Pi_R(p,q,r) = [(p-b)\bar G(r) + (p-r-l)G(r)]\,S(p,q,r) - (w-b)q; \tag{31}ΠR​(p,q,r)=[(p−b)Gˉ(r)+(p−r−l)G(r)]S(p,q,r)−(w−b)q;(31)
  • direct-to-manufacturer returns with a buy-back (w,b)(w,b)(w,b): consumers return to the manufacturer, who sets rrr; the profits are (19) and (21);
  • sales rebate (w,u)(w,u)(w,u): a rebate uuu per unit sold, returned or not; the retailer earns (25).

The supply chain optimum, from Proposition 2 of the paper, is

pSC=Emax⁡(V,s),Fˉ(qSC)=c−sEmax⁡(V,s)−s,rSC=s.p^{SC} = E\max(V,s), \qquad \bar F(q^{SC}) = \frac{c-s}{E\max(V,s)-s}, \qquad r^{SC} = s.pSC=Emax(V,s),Fˉ(qSC)=Emax(V,s)−sc−s​,rSC=s.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3 (p. 16)

For ϕ∈[0,1]\phi \in [0,1]ϕ∈[0,1] and ϕˉ=1−ϕ\bar\phi = 1-\phiϕˉ​=1−ϕ, the differentiated buy-back

w=ϕc+ϕˉ Emax⁡(V,s),b=ϕs+ϕˉ Emax⁡(V,s),b−l=sw = \phi c + \bar\phi\,E\max(V,s), \qquad b = \phi s + \bar\phi\,E\max(V,s), \qquad b - l = sw=ϕc+ϕˉ​Emax(V,s),b=ϕs+ϕˉ​Emax(V,s),b−l=s

makes the supply chain optimum a retailer optimum and gives the retailer the share ϕ\phiϕ:

ΠR(p,q,r)≤ΠR(pSC,qSC,rSC)  ∀p,r, q≥0,ΠR(pSC,qSC,rSC)=ϕ ΠT(pSC,qSC,rSC),\Pi_R(p,q,r) \le \Pi_R(p^{SC},q^{SC},r^{SC}) \ \ \forall p, r,\ q \ge 0, \qquad \Pi_R(p^{SC},q^{SC},r^{SC}) = \phi\,\Pi_T(p^{SC},q^{SC},r^{SC}),ΠR​(p,q,r)≤ΠR​(pSC,qSC,rSC)  ∀p,r, q≥0,ΠR​(pSC,qSC,rSC)=ϕΠT​(pSC,qSC,rSC),

and the contract is implementable: w≥bw \ge bw≥b, l≥0l \ge 0l≥0, b−l≥sb - l \ge sb−l≥s.

Milestones

  1. Under a standard buy-back the retailer's optimal refund is r∗=br^* = br∗=b (Sec. 5.1, p. 15).
  2. Under (31) the retailer's optimum is p∗=Emax⁡(V,b−l)p^* = E\max(V,b-l)p∗=Emax(V,b−l), Fˉ(q∗)=(w−b)/(Emax⁡(V,b−l)−b)\bar F(q^*) = (w-b)/(E\max(V,b-l)-b)Fˉ(q∗)=(w−b)/(Emax(V,b−l)−b), r∗=b−lr^* = b-lr∗=b−l (proof of Proposition 3, p. 27).
  3. Under (16)–(18), w−b=ϕ(c−s)w - b = \phi(c-s)w−b=ϕ(c−s) and Emax⁡(V,b−l)−b=ϕ[Emax⁡(V,s)−s]E\max(V,b-l) - b = \phi[E\max(V,s)-s]Emax(V,b−l)−b=ϕ[Emax(V,s)−s] ((32)–(33)).
  4. At (Emax⁡(V,s),q,s)(E\max(V,s), q, s)(Emax(V,s),q,s) the retailer earns ϕ ΠT\phi\,\Pi_TϕΠT​ ((34)–(39)).
  5. Retailer plus manufacturer profit under direct returns is ΠT\Pi_TΠT​ (Sec. 5.3, p. 17).
  6. Proposition 4: with direct-to-manufacturer returns and the buy-back (22)–(23), the chain optimum is a Nash equilibrium between retailer and manufacturer, with retailer share ϕ\phiϕ.
  7. Proposition 5: the sales rebate u=Emax⁡(V,s)−sc−s(w−c)u = \frac{E\max(V,s)-s}{c-s}(w-c)u=c−sEmax(V,s)−s​(w−c) makes the chain optimum a retailer optimum.
  8. With a rebate paid on kept units only, the retailer's optimal refund is r∗=s−u<sr^* = s - u < sr∗=s−u<s (Sec. 5.4, p. 19).

Significance

The results separate what a contract must observe in order to coordinate a chain with consumer returns: either the manufacturer distinguishes returned from unsold units (Propositions 3 and 4), or it observes sales (Proposition 5). The negative results (milestones 1 and 8) show why the standard buy-back and a kept-only rebate fail: each distorts the retailer's refund away from the salvage value. These statements are proved in the paper by short arguments; none of them has, to the knowledge of this mission, a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them yields a reusable model of a newsvendor with an endogenous price and refund under valuation uncertainty, and a checked account of the coordination conditions, including the boundary cases (ϕ=0\phi = 0ϕ=0, atoms in the valuation law) that the paper does not discuss.

Difficulty

Each result combines two optimizations, and neither is routine at the generality of the formal statements. The first is over price and refund jointly: the demand rule makes every profit discontinuous in ppp and rrr, and the refund problem must be solved for an arbitrary valuation law, where atoms make the tie rule at V=rV = rV=r matter. The second is a newsvendor problem in qqq for an arbitrary demand law: the paper writes the optimal stock as Fˉ−1\bar F^{-1}Fˉ−1 of a fractile, which presumes a continuous, strictly increasing FFF, whereas here FFF may jump or be flat and the optimal stock is any solution of the fractile equation. The obvious reduction, "the retailer's profit is ϕ ΠT\phi\,\Pi_TϕΠT​, so its maximizer is the chain's", is not available: that identity holds only at the chain's price and refund, and away from them the retailer's profit is not proportional to ΠT\Pi_TΠT​. In Proposition 4 the manufacturer's deviation to a refund below sss acts on the consumers' purchase decision, and the paper's remark that no one then buys is false when V≥sV \ge sV≥s almost surely, so that case needs its own argument.

Formalization scope

Prices, refunds, costs, quantities and profits are real numbers. The valuation law ν\nuν is a probability measure on R\mathbb RR with integrable identity (a strict generalization of the paper's density ggg); Gˉ(r)=ν([r,∞))\bar G(r) = \nu([r,\infty))Gˉ(r)=ν([r,∞)) and G(r)=ν((−∞,r))G(r) = \nu((-\infty,r))G(r)=ν((−∞,r)), matching the rule "keep iff V≥rV \ge rV≥r". The demand law DDD is a probability measure on R\mathbb RR with D((−∞,0))=0D((-\infty,0)) = 0D((−∞,0))=0, and Emin⁡(X,q)E\min(X,q)Emin(X,q) is SupplyChainTheory.expSales from the published module SupplyChainTheory_contracts. Every profit includes the demand rule (6): without it, (15) and (31) are unbounded in ppp. Optimization is over all real ppp and rrr and all q≥0q \ge 0q≥0, nonnegative stocks and demand being the paper's setting; with negative stocks the profits are unbounded. Optimality of the paper's closed-form triple is claimed, never uniqueness, and "induces the retailer to maximize supply chain profit" is stated as "the chain-optimal triple is a retailer optimum"; that the triple maximizes ΠT\Pi_TΠT​ is Proposition 2, formalized in mission 1, and not restated. The optimal stock is any solution of the fractile equation, and no continuity of DDD is assumed. The Nash equilibrium of Proposition 4 is written as the two best-response inequalities. Proposition 5 adds the hypothesis w≥sw \ge sw≥s, implied by the paper's range w≥cw \ge cw≥c (p. 19) and necessary: for w<sw < sw<s the retailer's profit is unbounded. The kept-only rebate of Sec. 5.4 has no printed formula; its profit is (24) with the rebate removed from the returned-units term. Printed page numbers equal PDF page numbers throughout the source. A formalization in which the retailer's profit is defined as ϕ ΠT\phi\,\Pi_TϕΠT​, or in which the optimization is restricted to r=sr = sr=s, would make the goal trivial and is excluded: (31) is stated with free www, bbb, lll, and the contract enters only through hypotheses.

The model module (SuReturns.Coordination.Model) restates the single-seller objects of mission 1 in this sub-namespace. Contributions welcome: proofs of the two optimization steps as reusable lemmas (the refund step for a general valuation law and the newsvendor step for an arbitrary demand law), which serve every milestone here.

Selected references

  • X. Su, Consumer Returns Policies and Supply Chain Performance, SSRN working paper 1020451, version of August 2008. https://ssrn.com/abstract=1020451 ; published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 11(4), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1080.0240
  • G. P. Cachon, Supply Chain Coordination with Contracts, in Handbooks in Operations Research and Management Science, vol. 11, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0927-0507(03)11006-7
  • B. A. Pasternack, Optimal Pricing and Return Policies for Perishable Commodities (the buy-back contract), Marketing Science 4(2), 1985. https://doi.org/10.1287/mksc.4.2.166
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Conditional Value-at-Risk for General Loss Distributions: β-CVaR Is min_α F_β(x, α), Attained on the Interval from β-VaR to Upper β-VaRResearch Paper

Motivation

Financial institutions, insurers and engineers who manage the risk of a decision describe it by a statistic of the loss distribution that the decision induces. The value-at-risk (VaR) at confidence level β\betaβ, the β\betaβ-quantile of the loss, became an industry and regulatory standard in the 1990s, but it is not subadditive and behaves erratically as a function of the decision when the loss distribution has atoms, as it always does in scenario-based models. The conditional value-at-risk (CVaR), roughly the average of the losses beyond VaR, was proposed as a replacement that is coherent in the sense of Artzner, Delbaen, Eber and Heath and that can be optimized.

In an earlier paper (Rockafellar and Uryasev, 2000) the same authors showed, for loss distributions with continuous distribution functions, that CVaR is the minimum value of an explicit convex function of one real variable, and that VaR is a minimizer. That formula turned CVaR minimization over a portfolio into a linear program and is the reason CVaR is used in practice. The paper formalized here (Rockafellar and Uryasev, Research Report #2001-5, 2001, published in J. Banking & Finance 2002) defines CVaR for general loss distributions, discrete ones included, and proves that the minimization formula survives.

Timeline.

  • 1997–1999: Artzner, Delbaen, Eber and Heath introduce coherent risk measures; VaR fails subadditivity.
  • 2000: Rockafellar and Uryasev prove the minimization formula for continuous loss distributions.
  • 2001–2002: the present paper, Theorem 10: the formula holds for every integrable loss once CVaR is defined as the mean of the β\betaβ-tail distribution. Acerbi and Tasche (2002) give an equivalent "expected shortfall" formulation.

Setting

A decision xxx lies in a set X⊆RnX\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn; an uncertain outcome y∈Rmy\in\mathbb R^my∈Rm has a Borel probability law PPP that does not depend on xxx. The loss is z=f(x,y)z=f(x,y)z=f(x,y), where fff is continuous in xxx on XXX, measurable in yyy, and E{∣f(x,y)∣}<∞E\{|f(x,y)|\}<\inftyE{∣f(x,y)∣}<∞ for each x∈Xx\in Xx∈X. A confidence level β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1) is fixed.

  • The distribution function of the loss is Ψ(x,α)=P{y∣f(x,y)≤α}\Psi(x,\alpha)=P\{y\mid f(x,y)\le\alpha\}Ψ(x,α)=P{y∣f(x,y)≤α}, with left limit Ψ(x,α−)=P{y∣f(x,y)<α}\Psi(x,\alpha^-)=P\{y\mid f(x,y)<\alpha\}Ψ(x,α−)=P{y∣f(x,y)<α}.
  • The β\betaβ-VaR is αβ(x)=min⁡{α∣Ψ(x,α)≥β}\alpha_\beta(x)=\min\{\alpha\mid\Psi(x,\alpha)\ge\beta\}αβ​(x)=min{α∣Ψ(x,α)≥β} and the upper β\betaβ-VaR is αβ+(x)=inf⁡{α∣Ψ(x,α)>β}\alpha^+_\beta(x)=\inf\{\alpha\mid\Psi(x,\alpha)>\beta\}αβ+​(x)=inf{α∣Ψ(x,α)>β}.
  • The β\betaβ-tail distribution is the probability measure on R\mathbb RR with distribution function
Ψβ(x,α)={0,α<αβ(x),Ψ(x,α)−β1−β,α≥αβ(x).\Psi_\beta(x,\alpha)=\begin{cases}0,&\alpha<\alpha_\beta(x),\\ \dfrac{\Psi(x,\alpha)-\beta}{1-\beta},&\alpha\ge\alpha_\beta(x).\end{cases}Ψβ​(x,α)=⎩⎨⎧​0,1−βΨ(x,α)−β​,​α<αβ​(x),α≥αβ​(x).​
  • The β\betaβ-CVaR ϕβ(x)\phi_\beta(x)ϕβ​(x) is the mean of the β\betaβ-tail distribution.
  • The upper β\betaβ-CVaR is ϕβ+(x)=E{f(x,y)∣f(x,y)>αβ(x)}\phi^+_\beta(x)=E\{f(x,y)\mid f(x,y)>\alpha_\beta(x)\}ϕβ+​(x)=E{f(x,y)∣f(x,y)>αβ​(x)}, defined when Ψ(x,αβ(x))<1\Psi(x,\alpha_\beta(x))<1Ψ(x,αβ​(x))<1, and λβ(x)=[Ψ(x,αβ(x))−β]/[1−β]\lambda_\beta(x)=[\Psi(x,\alpha_\beta(x))-\beta]/[1-\beta]λβ​(x)=[Ψ(x,αβ​(x))−β]/[1−β].
  • Finally
Fβ(x,α)=α+11−β E{[f(x,y)−α]+},[t]+=max⁡{0,t}.F_\beta(x,\alpha)=\alpha+\frac{1}{1-\beta}\,E\big\{[f(x,y)-\alpha]^+\big\},\qquad[t]^+=\max\{0,t\}.Fβ​(x,α)=α+1−β1​E{[f(x,y)−α]+},[t]+=max{0,t}.

When Ψ(x,⋅)\Psi(x,\cdot)Ψ(x,⋅) jumps across β\betaβ at αβ(x)\alpha_\beta(x)αβ​(x), the tail distribution keeps only the part λβ(x)\lambda_\beta(x)λβ​(x) of that atom needed to give the tail total mass one: the atom is split.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 10 (fundamental minimization formula)

For each x∈Xx\in Xx∈X: Fβ(x,⋅)F_\beta(x,\cdot)Fβ​(x,⋅) is finite and convex (hence continuous), and

ϕβ(x)=min⁡α∈RFβ(x,α),argmin⁡αFβ(x,α)=[αβ(x),αβ+(x)],\phi_\beta(x)=\min_{\alpha\in\mathbb R}F_\beta(x,\alpha),\qquad \operatorname{argmin}_\alpha F_\beta(x,\alpha)=[\alpha_\beta(x),\alpha^+_\beta(x)],ϕβ​(x)=α∈Rmin​Fβ​(x,α),argminα​Fβ​(x,α)=[αβ​(x),αβ+​(x)],

the minimum being attained and the argmin a nonempty closed bounded interval; in particular ϕβ(x)=Fβ(x,αβ(x))\phi_\beta(x)=F_\beta(x,\alpha_\beta(x))ϕβ​(x)=Fβ​(x,αβ​(x)).

Milestones, in attack order

  1. The note after Definition 3: Ψβ(x,⋅)\Psi_\beta(x,\cdot)Ψβ​(x,⋅) is a distribution function, so the β\betaβ-tail distribution exists; its mean is finite.
  2. Proposition 6: ϕβ(x)=λβ(x)αβ(x)+[1−λβ(x)]ϕβ+(x)\phi_\beta(x)=\lambda_\beta(x)\alpha_\beta(x)+[1-\lambda_\beta(x)]\phi^+_\beta(x)ϕβ​(x)=λβ​(x)αβ​(x)+[1−λβ​(x)]ϕβ+​(x) when Ψ(x,αβ(x))<1\Psi(x,\alpha_\beta(x))<1Ψ(x,αβ​(x))<1, and ϕβ(x)=αβ(x)\phi_\beta(x)=\alpha_\beta(x)ϕβ​(x)=αβ​(x) otherwise.
  3. Fβ(x,⋅)F_\beta(x,\cdot)Fβ​(x,⋅) is finite and convex.
  4. The one-sided derivatives (31): ∂+Fβ/∂α=[Ψ(x,α)−β]/(1−β)\partial^+F_\beta/\partial\alpha=[\Psi(x,\alpha)-\beta]/(1-\beta)∂+Fβ​/∂α=[Ψ(x,α)−β]/(1−β) and ∂−Fβ/∂α=[Ψ(x,α−)−β]/(1−β)\partial^-F_\beta/\partial\alpha=[\Psi(x,\alpha^-)-\beta]/(1-\beta)∂−Fβ​/∂α=[Ψ(x,α−)−β]/(1−β).
  5. Bounded level sets, and argmin⁡αFβ(x,α)={α∣Ψ(x,α−)≤β≤Ψ(x,α)}\operatorname{argmin}_\alpha F_\beta(x,\alpha)=\{\alpha\mid\Psi(x,\alpha^-)\le\beta\le\Psi(x,\alpha)\}argminα​Fβ​(x,α)={α∣Ψ(x,α−)≤β≤Ψ(x,α)}, a nonempty closed bounded interval.
  6. The least element of that set is αβ(x)\alpha_\beta(x)αβ​(x) and the greatest is αβ+(x)\alpha^+_\beta(x)αβ+​(x).

A companion item states Corollary 7: ϕβ(x)≥αβ(x)\phi_\beta(x)\ge\alpha_\beta(x)ϕβ​(x)≥αβ​(x), strictly when Ψ(x,αβ(x))<1\Psi(x,\alpha_\beta(x))<1Ψ(x,αβ​(x))<1.

Significance

Theorem 10 is what makes CVaR computable and optimizable. Since ϕβ(x)=min⁡αFβ(x,α)\phi_\beta(x)=\min_\alpha F_\beta(x,\alpha)ϕβ​(x)=minα​Fβ​(x,α), minimizing CVaR over x∈Xx\in Xx∈X is the joint minimization of Fβ(x,α)F_\beta(x,\alpha)Fβ​(x,α) over (x,α)(x,\alpha)(x,α); with a finite scenario set and a loss linear in xxx, that is a linear program, and VaR comes out as a by-product. The convexity and sublinearity of CVaR in xxx (Corollary 11), its coherence (Corollary 12) and the equivalence of CVaR-constrained and CVaR-penalized problems (Theorem 14) are all derived from it. The formula is the basis of CVaR portfolio optimization software and of a large literature on risk-averse stochastic programming.

The result has been proved since 2001 and is not open. To our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof with CVaR defined independently: the CVaR items already on Prove2Me take min⁡αFβ\min_\alpha F_\betaminα​Fβ​ as the definition of CVaR, which makes (28) true by definition. This mission produces a formal proof that the tail-mean definition, with its atom splitting, agrees with the minimization formula for every integrable loss, together with reusable facts about one-sided derivatives of α↦E[f−α]+\alpha\mapsto E[f-\alpha]^+α↦E[f−α]+ and the argmin of the Rockafellar–Uryasev function.

Difficulty

The minimization side is elementary convex analysis in one variable once the one-sided derivatives are known; computing them requires passing a limit under the expectation, with the jumps of Ψ(x,⋅)\Psi(x,\cdot)Ψ(x,⋅) handled separately for right and left limits. The step that does not follow from that analysis is the identification of the minimum value with ϕβ(x)\phi_\beta(x)ϕβ​(x). When the loss has an atom at αβ(x)\alpha_\beta(x)αβ​(x) that straddles level β\betaβ, neither E{f∣f≥αβ(x)}E\{f\mid f\ge\alpha_\beta(x)\}E{f∣f≥αβ​(x)} nor E{f∣f>αβ(x)}E\{f\mid f>\alpha_\beta(x)\}E{f∣f>αβ​(x)} equals the minimum value; only the mean of the distribution with the split atom does. The obvious approach, proving the formula for continuous laws and passing to a limit, does not deliver the identity at the level of the defined objects; the identity has to be proved directly from the definition of the tail distribution, through Proposition 6.

Formalization scope

  • The outcome space is Rm\mathbb R^mRm (Fin m → ℝ) with its Borel σ-algebra and a probability measure P. The paper's support set Y⊆RmY\subseteq\mathbb R^mY⊆Rm is not modelled: a law on YYY is a law on Rm\mathbb R^mRm concentrated on YYY, and no statement uses YYY.
  • Probabilities are real numbers (P.real). Ψ(x,α−)\Psi(x,\alpha^-)Ψ(x,α−) is P{f(x,⋅)<α}P\{f(x,\cdot)<\alpha\}P{f(x,⋅)<α}, as the paper defines it in (2).
  • αβ(x)\alpha_\beta(x)αβ​(x) is the published MultistageStochastic.valueAtRisk P (f x) β (a real infimum, referenced, not redefined); αβ+(x)\alpha^+_\beta(x)αβ+​(x) is a real infimum. Both are meaningful because PPP is a probability measure and 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1, and those hypotheses are carried wherever they appear.
  • The β\betaβ-tail distribution is a probability measure on R\mathbb RR whose distribution function is Ψβ(x,⋅)\Psi_\beta(x,\cdot)Ψβ​(x,⋅), chosen when one exists (it is then unique); ϕβ(x)\phi_\beta(x)ϕβ​(x) is its mean. Milestone 1 establishes existence and integrability.
  • "Minimum" is attainment: ϕβ(x)\phi_\beta(x)ϕβ​(x) is the least element of the range of Fβ(x,⋅)F_\beta(x,\cdot)Fβ​(x,⋅). The argmin is the set of global minimizers. "Finite" is integrability of [f(x,⋅)−α]+[f(x,\cdot)-\alpha]^+[f(x,⋅)−α]+ for each α\alphaα.
  • One-sided derivatives are derivatives within [α,∞)[\alpha,\infty)[α,∞) and (−∞,α](-\infty,\alpha](−∞,α]. The display (31) as printed on p. 14 has αβ(x)\alpha_\beta(x)αβ​(x) in place of α\alphaα; the formalization follows the derivation on p. 15.
  • The goal and Corollary 7 carry all standing assumptions of §2; milestones assume only what they use (integrability, measurability of the single loss f(x,⋅)f(x,\cdot)f(x,⋅)), which makes them stronger.

Defining CVaR as min⁡αFβ(x,α)\min_\alpha F_\beta(x,\alpha)minα​Fβ​(x,α), or as the quantile average, or by formula (21), would make the goal or a milestone true by definition; CVaR is defined here as the mean of the β\betaβ-tail distribution, and any such redefinition is ruled out.

A complete development needs: right-continuity and limits of distribution functions, dominated convergence for the difference quotients of α↦E[f−α]+\alpha\mapsto E[f-\alpha]^+α↦E[f−α]+, the uniqueness of a probability measure on R\mathbb RR with given distribution function, and one-variable convex analysis linking one-sided derivatives to minimizers. The derivative and argmin lemmas are reusable for any Rockafellar–Uryasev-type objective. Proofs of any milestone, and Lean lemmas that bridge valueAtRisk (stated with ENNReal) and P.real, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. T. Rockafellar and S. Uryasev, Conditional value-at-risk for general loss distributions, Research Report #2001-5, ISE Dept., University of Florida, April 2001; published in Journal of Banking & Finance 26 (2002) 1443–1471. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0378-4266(02)00271-6
  • R. T. Rockafellar and S. Uryasev, Optimization of conditional value-at-risk, Journal of Risk 2 (2000) 21–41. https://doi.org/10.21314/JOR.2000.038
  • P. Artzner, F. Delbaen, J.-M. Eber and D. Heath, Coherent measures of risk, Mathematical Finance 9 (1999) 203–228. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.00068
  • C. Acerbi and D. Tasche, On the coherence of expected shortfall, Journal of Banking & Finance 26 (2002) 1487–1503. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0378-4266(02)00283-2
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
Markov ChainStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

The Two-Parameter Poisson–Dirichlet Distribution Derived from a Stable Subordinator 5: PD(α, θ) Is a Y_1^θ-Tilt of Independent beta(θ + nα, 1) Ratios, and (Y_n) Is a Markov ChainResearch Paper

Motivation

The two-parameter Poisson–Dirichlet distribution PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ) is a law on decreasing sequences V1≥V2≥⋯>0V_1 \ge V_2 \ge \cdots > 0V1​≥V2​≥⋯>0 with ∑nVn=1\sum_n V_n = 1∑n​Vn​=1. It describes the ranked frequencies of species in Bayesian nonparametric models (the Pitman–Yor process), the ranked lengths of excursions of Bessel processes and bridges, and the ranked cycle or block sizes in random combinatorial structures. The case α=0\alpha = 0α=0 is Kingman's one-parameter family PD(θ)\mathrm{PD}(\theta)PD(θ), the law of the ranked frequencies in the Ewens sampling formula.

For PD(0,θ)\mathrm{PD}(0,\theta)PD(0,θ), Vershik and Shmidt ([67]) and Ignatov ([34]) found a Markov description: the residual fractions Yn=Vn/(Vn+Vn+1+⋯ )Y_n = V_n/(V_n + V_{n+1} + \cdots)Yn​=Vn​/(Vn​+Vn+1​+⋯) form a homogeneous Markov chain, and the law is the Y1θY_1^\thetaY1θ​-tilt of a stationary chain built from independent beta(θ,1)\mathrm{beta}(\theta,1)beta(θ,1) ratios. For PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0), Proposition 8 of Pitman and Yor shows that the ratios Rn=Vn+1/VnR_n = V_{n+1}/V_nRn​=Vn+1​/Vn​ themselves are independent beta(nα,1)\mathrm{beta}(n\alpha,1)beta(nα,1) variables. Theorem 38 of Pitman and Yor (Ann. Probab. 25 (1997) 855–900) unifies both descriptions for the whole two-parameter family.

Timeline. Vershik and Shmidt (1977, 1978, [66, 67]) and Ignatov (1982, [34]) described the size-ordered PD(0,θ)\mathrm{PD}(0,\theta)PD(0,θ) frequencies through the Markov chain (Yn)(Y_n)(Yn​); Ignatov showed that results of Vervaat and Watterson give the normalizing constant K0,θ=Γ(θ+1)eθγK_{0,\theta} = \Gamma(\theta+1)e^{\theta\gamma}K0,θ​=Γ(θ+1)eθγ (132). Much of this was known earlier for θ=1\theta = 1θ=1, the case arising in combinatorics and number theory. Perman, Pitman and Yor (1992, [51]) proved the absolute continuity of PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ) with respect to PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0) (Proposition 14 here). Pitman and Yor (1997) announced the two-parameter Markov description as Theorem 15 and proved it as Theorem 38 for 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1, quoting the case α=0\alpha = 0α=0 (Remark 40).

Setting

Fix 0<α<10 < \alpha < 10<α<1 and θ>−α\theta > -\alphaθ>−α. The beta distribution beta(a,b)\mathrm{beta}(a,b)beta(a,b) (a,b>0a,b>0a,b>0) has density Γ(a+b)Γ(a)Γ(b)xa−1(1−x)b−1\frac{\Gamma(a+b)}{\Gamma(a)\Gamma(b)}x^{a-1}(1-x)^{b-1}Γ(a)Γ(b)Γ(a+b)​xa−1(1−x)b−1 on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1). Let Y~1,Y~2,…\tilde Y_1, \tilde Y_2, \dotsY~1​,Y~2​,… be independent with Y~n∼beta(1−α,θ+nα)\tilde Y_n \sim \mathrm{beta}(1-\alpha, \theta+n\alpha)Y~n​∼beta(1−α,θ+nα), and put V~1=Y~1\tilde V_1 = \tilde Y_1V~1​=Y~1​, V~n=(1−Y~1)⋯(1−Y~n−1)Y~n\tilde V_n = (1-\tilde Y_1)\cdots(1-\tilde Y_{n-1})\tilde Y_nV~n​=(1−Y~1​)⋯(1−Y~n−1​)Y~n​. The ranked values V1≥V2≥⋯V_1 \ge V_2 \ge \cdotsV1​≥V2​≥⋯ of (V~n)(\tilde V_n)(V~n​) have, by Definition 1, the law PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ); Pα,θP_{\alpha,\theta}Pα,θ​ denotes a probability under which (Vn)(V_n)(Vn​) has this law, and Eα,θE_{\alpha,\theta}Eα,θ​ its expectation.

From (Vn)(V_n)(Vn​) define the ratios Rn=Vn+1/VnR_n = V_{n+1}/V_nRn​=Vn+1​/Vn​ (21), the residual fractions Yn=Vn/(Vn+Vn+1+⋯ )Y_n = V_n/(V_n+V_{n+1}+\cdots)Yn​=Vn​/(Vn​+Vn+1​+⋯) (45), and Σ1=(1−V1)/V1\Sigma_1 = (1-V_1)/V_1Σ1​=(1−V1​)/V1​. Conversely, from ratios define

Yn=(1+Rn+RnRn+1+⋯ )−1(125).Y_n = (1 + R_n + R_nR_{n+1} + \cdots)^{-1} \qquad (125).Yn​=(1+Rn​+Rn​Rn+1​+⋯)−1(125).

The local time is L=lim⁡n→∞nVnαL = \lim_{n\to\infty} nV_n^\alphaL=limn→∞​nVnα​ (24).

The comparison law Pα,θ∗P^*_{\alpha,\theta}Pα,θ∗​ makes R1,R2,…R_1, R_2, \dotsR1​,R2​,… independent with Rn∼beta(θ+nα,1)R_n \sim \mathrm{beta}(\theta+n\alpha,1)Rn​∼beta(θ+nα,1), and YnY_nYn​ is then defined by (125). Constants and functions:

Kα,θ=Γ(θ+1)Γ(1−α)θ/α,Cα,θ=Kα,θΓ(θ/α+1),ψα(λ)=1+α∫01(1−e−λx)x−α−1dx.K_{\alpha,\theta} = \Gamma(\theta+1)\Gamma(1-\alpha)^{\theta/\alpha}, \qquad C_{\alpha,\theta} = \frac{K_{\alpha,\theta}}{\Gamma(\theta/\alpha+1)}, \qquad \psi_\alpha(\lambda) = 1 + \alpha\int_0^1(1-e^{-\lambda x})x^{-\alpha-1}dx.Kα,θ​=Γ(θ+1)Γ(1−α)θ/α,Cα,θ​=Γ(θ/α+1)Kα,θ​​,ψα​(λ)=1+α∫01​(1−e−λx)x−α−1dx.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 38 for 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1

Eα,θ[f(Y1,Y2,… )]=Kα,θ Eα,θ∗[Y1θf(Y1,Y2,… )](137)E_{\alpha,\theta}[f(Y_1,Y_2,\dots)] = K_{\alpha,\theta}\,E^*_{\alpha,\theta}[Y_1^\theta f(Y_1,Y_2,\dots)] \qquad (137)Eα,θ​[f(Y1​,Y2​,…)]=Kα,θ​Eα,θ∗​[Y1θ​f(Y1​,Y2​,…)](137)

for every nonnegative product measurable fff; under both Pα,θP_{\alpha,\theta}Pα,θ​ and Pα,θ∗P^*_{\alpha,\theta}Pα,θ∗​ the sequence (Yn)(Y_n)(Yn​) is a Markov chain with the same forward transition probabilities, with density

P(Yn+1∈dyn+1∣Yn=yn)dyn+1=α yn−α−1(1−yn)nα+θ−1r(α,θ+nα,yn+1)r(α,θ+nα−α,yn)(139)\frac{P(Y_{n+1}\in dy_{n+1}\mid Y_n = y_n)}{dy_{n+1}} = \alpha\,y_n^{-\alpha-1}(1-y_n)^{n\alpha+\theta-1}\frac{r(\alpha,\theta+n\alpha,y_{n+1})}{r(\alpha,\theta+n\alpha-\alpha,y_n)} \qquad (139)dyn+1​P(Yn+1​∈dyn+1​∣Yn​=yn​)​=αyn−α−1​(1−yn​)nα+θ−1r(α,θ+nα−α,yn​)r(α,θ+nα,yn+1​)​(139)

on 0<yn<10<y_n<10<yn​<1, 0<yn+1<yn/(1−yn)0<y_{n+1}<y_n/(1-y_n)0<yn+1​<yn​/(1−yn​), where r(α,θ,y) dy=Γ(θ/α+1)yθPα,θ∗(Y1∈dy)=Cα,θ−1Pα,θ(V1∈dy)r(\alpha,\theta,y)\,dy = \Gamma(\theta/\alpha+1)y^\theta P^*_{\alpha,\theta}(Y_1\in dy) = C^{-1}_{\alpha,\theta}P_{\alpha,\theta}(V_1\in dy)r(α,θ,y)dy=Γ(θ/α+1)yθPα,θ∗​(Y1​∈dy)=Cα,θ−1​Pα,θ​(V1​∈dy) (140); and the Pα,θ∗P^*_{\alpha,\theta}Pα,θ∗​ law of Σ1\Sigma_1Σ1​ is infinitely divisible with

Eα,θ∗[e−λΣ1]=ψα(λ)−(θ/α+1)(141).E^*_{\alpha,\theta}[e^{-\lambda\Sigma_1}] = \psi_\alpha(\lambda)^{-(\theta/\alpha+1)} \qquad (141).Eα,θ∗​[e−λΣ1​]=ψα​(λ)−(θ/α+1)(141).

Milestones

Proposition 8 (Pα,0=Pα,0∗P_{\alpha,0} = P^*_{\alpha,0}Pα,0​=Pα,0∗​ on the ratios), Proposition 14 (the density Cα,θLθ/αC_{\alpha,\theta}L^{\theta/\alpha}Cα,θ​Lθ/α of PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ) relative to PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0)), the moments (30) of LLL, the representation (143) of LLL through the ratios, the finite-dimensional change of measure (144), its limit (145), Proposition 37 (independent ratios give a Markov chain (Yn)(Y_n)(Yn​), with co-transition density (128)), the parameter shift (146), and the conditional Laplace transform of Σ1\Sigma_1Σ1​ given X1=LV1−αX_1 = LV_1^{-\alpha}X1​=LV1−α​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 38 reduces the size-ordered PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ) frequencies to a product of independent beta variables, up to a density Kα,θY1θK_{\alpha,\theta}Y_1^\thetaKα,θ​Y1θ​ that depends on Y1Y_1Y1​ alone. Any functional of the ranked frequencies can therefore be computed under a product measure. The Markov property gives the joint density of Y1,…,YnY_1,\dots,Y_nY1​,…,Yn​ (Corollary 41), the laws of individual VnV_nVn​ (148), and the asymptotics of YnY_nYn​ and Σn\Sigma_nΣn​ in §7.3 of the paper. Part (iii) identifies the law of (1−V1)/V1(1-V_1)/V_1(1−V1​)/V1​ under Pα,θ∗P^*_{\alpha,\theta}Pα,θ∗​, which determines the density of the largest frequency V1V_1V1​ under PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ).

The formalization. The result has been proved since 1997; none of it is machine-checked. The mission formalizes the paper's own route: absolute continuity (Proposition 14), the beta product structure (Proposition 8), and a limit of finite-dimensional density ratios. It produces reusable statements about real-valued Markov chains defined through conditional laws, and about changes of measure between infinite products. Note that the printed (139) omits the factor α\alphaα; the formal statement includes it (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

The finite-dimensional change of measure (144) is an exact computation, but its density (R1⋯Rn)θ(R_1\cdots R_n)^\theta(R1​⋯Rn​)θ degenerates as n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞. Passing to the limit (145) requires identifying the limit of the rescaled densities nθ/α(R1⋯Rn)θn^{\theta/\alpha}(R_1\cdots R_n)^\thetanθ/α(R1​⋯Rn​)θ with Lθ/αY1−θL^{\theta/\alpha}Y_1^{-\theta}Lθ/αY1−θ​, and an almost sure limit of densities does not by itself give the identity of expectations. A second obstacle is that the Markov property of (Yn)(Y_n)(Yn​) under Pα,θP_{\alpha,\theta}Pα,θ​ does not follow from any independence under Pα,θP_{\alpha,\theta}Pα,θ​ itself; it is transported from Pα,θ∗P^*_{\alpha,\theta}Pα,θ∗​ through a density that is a function of Y1Y_1Y1​ only, and the transported kernels must be shown to be the same. Part (iii) needs the Laplace transform of 1/V11/V_11/V1​ conditioned on X1X_1X1​, which comes from the Poisson structure of PD(α,0)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,0)PD(α,0).

Formalization scope

Sequences are ℕ → ℝ, 0-based: V ω k is Vk+1V_{k+1}Vk+1​, Yseq v k and YofR r k are Yk+1Y_{k+1}Yk+1​. "(Vn)(V_n)(Vn​) has PD(α,θ)\mathrm{PD}(\alpha,\theta)PD(α,θ) law" (HasPD) means that measures of preimages of measurable sets agree with those of the ranked stick-breaking map under an independent beta product (IsStickLaw); ranking counts exceedances with Set.encard. Pα,θ∗P^*_{\alpha,\theta}Pα,θ∗​ is any probability measure on ℕ → ℝ with independent coordinates of the stated beta laws (IsStarLaw); it is defined directly as a product, never through Pα,θP_{\alpha,\theta}Pα,θ​. The local time LLL is a random variable given with its defining almost sure limit (24). A Markov chain with forward kernels κn\kappa_nκn​ (IsMarkovWith) is stated through the defining identity E[g(Y1..Yn)h(Yn+1)]=E[g(Y1..Yn)∫h dκn(Yn)]E[g(Y_1..Y_n)h(Y_{n+1})] = E[g(Y_1..Y_n)\int h\,d\kappa_n(Y_n)]E[g(Y1​..Yn​)h(Yn+1​)]=E[g(Y1​..Yn​)∫hdκn​(Yn​)]; Theorem 38 (ii) asks for one family of Markov kernels serving both laws. The function rrr of (140) is a hypothesis: any function giving the density of Y1Y_1Y1​ under each Pα,θ+kα∗P^*_{\alpha,\theta+k\alpha}Pα,θ+kα∗​.

Committed deviations: the goal is the case 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1, the case the paper proves (the case α=0\alpha=0α=0 is quoted from [67], [34]); (139) carries the factor α\alphaα that Bayes' rule from (128), (146) and the beta densities produces, and that Corollary 41's αn−1\alpha^{n-1}αn−1 confirms; (30) omits its middle expression CpE(Σ−αp)C^pE(\Sigma^{-\alpha p})CpE(Σ−αp). Every expectation of a nonnegative quantity is a lower Lebesgue integral, so no identity can hold through the junk value of a non-integrable Bochner integral; no law is written as Measure.map of a possibly non-measurable function; no limit is taken with limUnder; and the parameter range 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1, θ>−α\theta>-\alphaθ>−α is a hypothesis of every statement that uses it.

Contributions welcome: the product-measure and beta-density computations behind (144) and (146), the limit passage (145), the Markov property of functions of independent sequences (Proposition 37), and the transfer of a Markov property through a density depending on the first coordinate.

Selected references

  • J. Pitman and M. Yor, The two-parameter Poisson–Dirichlet distribution derived from a stable subordinator, Ann. Probab. 25(2) (1997), 855–900. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1024404422
  • A. M. Vershik and A. A. Shmidt, Limit measures arising in the theory of groups, I, Theory Probab. Appl. 22 (1977), 79–85; II, Theory Probab. Appl. 23 (1978), 36–49 (references [66], [67] of the paper; no link verified).
  • Ts. Ignatov, On a constant arising in the theory of symmetric groups and on Poisson–Dirichlet measures, Theory Probab. Appl. 27 (1982), 136–147 (reference [34] of the paper; no link verified).
  • M. Perman, J. Pitman and M. Yor, Size-biased sampling of Poisson point processes and excursions, Probab. Theory Related Fields 92 (1992), 21–39. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01205234
15 thms3 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Implicit Renewal Theory and Tails of Solutions of Random Equations 2: Kesten's Theorem for R = Q + MR — Unique Stationary Law, Power Tails with Explicit C±, and C₊ + C₋ > 0 iff Q ≢ (1 − M)cResearch Paper

Motivation

The random difference equation

R=LQ+MR,R independent of (Q,M),R \overset{\mathcal L}{=} Q + MR,\qquad R \text{ independent of } (Q,M),R=LQ+MR,R independent of (Q,M),

describes the stationary state of the affine recursion Rn=Qn+MnRn−1R_n = Q_n + M_n R_{n-1}Rn​=Qn​+Mn​Rn−1​ driven by independent copies of a random pair (Q,M)(Q,M)(Q,M). It appears wherever a quantity is multiplied by a random factor and then receives a random increment: the discounted value of a stream of random cash flows (a perpetuity), the stationary volatility of ARCH and GARCH models in financial econometrics (de Haan, Resnick, Rootzén and de Vries 1989), random walks in random environment, and the stationary laws of random coefficient autoregressions. In all of these, the question that matters for risk is the size of the tail P(R>t)P(R>t)P(R>t).

Timeline:

  • 1973. Kesten proves, in a multivariate setting, that the stationary solution has power-law tails, P(R>t)∼C+t−κP(R>t)\sim C_+t^{-\kappa}P(R>t)∼C+​t−κ, where κ\kappaκ solves E∣M∣κ=1\mathbf E|M|^\kappa=1E∣M∣κ=1; the constants are not identified, and the proof of the key renewal step (his Theorem 4) runs to nine pages.
  • 1979. Vervaat gives a full account of existence, uniqueness and moments of the solution in dimension one.
  • 1980–1981. Grincevičius proves a maximal inequality of Lévy type for the partial sums of the recursion.
  • 1986. Letac formulates a general principle for existence and uniqueness of solutions of random equations R=LΨ(R)R\overset{\mathcal L}{=}\Psi(R)R=LΨ(R).
  • 1991. Goldie proves an implicit renewal theorem (Theorem 2.3, the subject of the first mission of this series) and deduces from it a new proof of Kesten's one-dimensional theorem, with explicit formulas for the constants C±C_\pmC±​ and a necessary and sufficient condition for them not to vanish (Theorem 4.1).
  • 2016. Buraczewski, Damek and Mikosch survey the theory, in which Kesten's theorem in Goldie's form is the central result.

Setting

Let (Q,M)(Q,M)(Q,M) be a pair of real random variables with joint law μ\muμ on R2\mathbb R^2R2. No independence between QQQ and MMM and no sign condition on either is assumed. A probability law ρ\rhoρ on R\mathbb RR is a law for RRR satisfying (1.1) if the law of Q+MRQ+MRQ+MR equals ρ\rhoρ when RRR has law ρ\rhoρ and is independent of (Q,M)(Q,M)(Q,M).

A law on R\mathbb RR is arithmetic if it is concentrated on a lattice {nλ:n∈Z}\{n\lambda:n\in\mathbb Z\}{nλ:n∈Z} for some λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, and nonarithmetic otherwise. For κ>0\kappa>0κ>0, the conditions of Lemma 2.2 on MMM are

E∣M∣κ=1,E∣M∣κlog⁡+∣M∣<∞,\mathbf E|M|^\kappa = 1,\qquad \mathbf E|M|^\kappa\log^+|M|<\infty,E∣M∣κ=1,E∣M∣κlog+∣M∣<∞,

and that the conditional law of log⁡∣M∣\log|M|log∣M∣ given M≠0M\ne0M=0 is nonarithmetic. Under them

m:=E∣M∣κlog⁡∣M∣∈(0,∞).m := \mathbf E|M|^\kappa\log|M| \in (0,\infty).m:=E∣M∣κlog∣M∣∈(0,∞).

With x+=x∨0x^+=x\vee0x+=x∨0 and x−=(−x)∨0x^-=(-x)\vee0x−=(−x)∨0, the constants of Theorem 4.1 are, when M≥0M\ge0M≥0 a.s.,

C±=E(((Q+MR)±)κ−((MR)±)κ)κm,C_\pm = \frac{\mathbf E\big(((Q+MR)^\pm)^\kappa-((MR)^\pm)^\kappa\big)}{\kappa m},C±​=κmE(((Q+MR)±)κ−((MR)±)κ)​,

and otherwise C+=C−=12κmE(∣Q+MR∣κ−∣MR∣κ)C_+=C_-=\frac{1}{2\kappa m}\mathbf E\big(|Q+MR|^\kappa-|MR|^\kappa\big)C+​=C−​=2κm1​E(∣Q+MR∣κ−∣MR∣κ), where RRR has the stationary law and is independent of (Q,M)(Q,M)(Q,M).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1

Assume the conditions of Lemma 2.2 and E∣Q∣κ<∞\mathbf E|Q|^\kappa<\inftyE∣Q∣κ<∞. Then there is a unique law ρ\rhoρ for RRR satisfying (1.1); the expectations defining C±C_\pmC±​ are finite; and

lim⁡t→∞tκP(R>t)=C+,lim⁡t→∞tκP(R<−t)=C−,\lim_{t\to\infty} t^\kappa P(R>t) = C_+,\qquad \lim_{t\to\infty} t^\kappa P(R<-t) = C_-,t→∞lim​tκP(R>t)=C+​,t→∞lim​tκP(R<−t)=C−​,

with C±C_\pmC±​ as above. Finally

C++C−>0  ⟺  P(Q=(1−M)c)<1  for each fixed c∈R.C_++C_->0 \iff P\big(Q=(1-M)c\big)<1 \ \text{ for each fixed } c\in\mathbb R.C+​+C−​>0⟺P(Q=(1−M)c)<1  for each fixed c∈R.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  1. Corollary 2.4: the implicit renewal theorem with the moment conditions (2.16)–(2.17) and constants (2.18)–(2.20), for a general random function Ψ\PsiΨ in place of t↦Q+Mtt\mapsto Q+Mtt↦Q+Mt.
  2. Lemma 9.4: tail-difference integrals against tκ−1dtt^{\kappa-1}dttκ−1dt versus moment differences.
  3. The elementary inequalities (9.26)–(9.27).
  4. (4.8): for κ>1\kappa>1κ>1, E∣R∣κ−1<∞\mathbf E|R|^{\kappa-1}<\inftyE∣R∣κ−1<∞ with an explicit bound.
  5. (2.16)–(2.17) for Ψ(t)=Q+Mt\Psi(t)=Q+MtΨ(t)=Q+Mt: the moment differences are integrable.
  6. Proposition 4.2 (Grincevičius's maximal inequality) and its consequence (4.6).
  7. The lower bound P(∣Πn∣>et for some n)≥δe−κtP(|\Pi_n|>e^t\text{ for some }n)\ge\delta e^{-\kappa t}P(∣Πn​∣>et for some n)≥δe−κt for the products Πn=M1⋯Mn\Pi_n=M_1\cdots M_nΠn​=M1​⋯Mn​.
  8. Under the condition P(Q=(1−M)c)<1P(Q=(1-M)c)<1P(Q=(1−M)c)<1 for each ccc, tκP(∣R∣>t)t^\kappa P(|R|>t)tκP(∣R∣>t) stays bounded away from 000.

Significance

The result. Theorem 4.1 identifies the tail exponent of the stationary solution as the root κ\kappaκ of E∣M∣κ=1\mathbf E|M|^\kappa=1E∣M∣κ=1, which depends on MMM alone, and expresses the tail constants as expectations under the stationary law. The constants yield the bounds of Corollary 4.3 and closed forms when κ\kappaκ is an integer (Corollaries 4.4, 4.5). The dichotomy between M≥0M\ge0M≥0 a.s. (different left and right constants) and P(M<0)>0P(M<0)>0P(M<0)>0 (equal constants) is visible only through these formulas. The positivity criterion tells when the power tail is really there: it fails exactly when the recursion has a deterministic fixed point ccc. Tail estimates for GARCH processes, perpetuities in insurance mathematics and random walks in random environment are applications of this statement.

Formalizing it. The theorem has been proved since 1973 and in the present form since 1991; it is open only as a formalization. No machine-checked proof of Kesten's theorem, of the implicit renewal theorem, or of the underlying nonarithmetic key renewal theorem on the whole line is known to this mission. The work consists of formalizing Goldie's proof, which assembles the implicit renewal theorem with moment estimates, a maximal inequality and a Cramér–Lundberg-type lower bound for a random walk with negative drift.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is to write R=∑k≥1Πk−1QkR=\sum_{k\ge1}\Pi_{k-1}Q_kR=∑k≥1​Πk−1​Qk​ and estimate the tail of each term. It fails because E∣M∣κ=1\mathbf E|M|^\kappa=1E∣M∣κ=1 makes every term contribute tails of the same order t−κt^{-\kappa}t−κ, and the sum of infinitely many such contributions is exactly what has to be computed; termwise bounds give the right exponent at best, not the limit or the constant. A second natural idea, applying the renewal theorem directly to P(R>t)P(R>t)P(R>t), needs integrability of a tail difference that is not evident, because E∣R∣κ\mathbf E|R|^\kappaE∣R∣κ is infinite whenever C++C−>0C_++C_->0C+​+C−​>0; the moment differences ((Q+MR)+)κ−((MR)+)κ((Q+MR)^+)^\kappa-((MR)^+)^\kappa((Q+MR)+)κ−((MR)+)κ must be controlled without either term being integrable. The positivity half is a separate problem: the formula for C±C_\pmC±​ is a difference of two infinite-looking quantities, and showing it is positive requires a lower bound on the tail that does not come from the formula.

Formalization scope

Everything is stated in terms of laws. The joint law of (Q,M)(Q,M)(Q,M) is a probability measure μ\muμ on R×R\mathbb R\times\mathbb RR×R (first coordinate QQQ, second MMM); a law for RRR satisfying (1.1) is a probability measure ρ\rhoρ on R\mathbb RR that equals the image of μ⊗ρ\mu\otimes\rhoμ⊗ρ under ((q,m),r)↦q+mr((q,m),r)\mapsto q+mr((q,m),r)↦q+mr, and uniqueness is among all probability measures on R\mathbb RR, with no moment restriction. Expectations involving RRR and (Q,M)(Q,M)(Q,M) are integrals against μ⊗ρ\mu\otimes\rhoμ⊗ρ, which is what makes RRR independent of (Q,M)(Q,M)(Q,M). The conditions of Lemma 2.2 are stated for the law of MMM, with E∣M∣κ\mathbf E|M|^\kappaE∣M∣κ and E∣M∣κlog⁡+∣M∣\mathbf E|M|^\kappa\log^+|M|E∣M∣κlog+∣M∣ as lower Lebesgue integrals and the conditional law of log⁡∣M∣\log|M|log∣M∣ taken given M≠0M\neq0M=0. "P(R>t)∼C+t−κP(R>t)\sim C_+t^{-\kappa}P(R>t)∼C+​t−κ" is the limit statement tκP(R>t)→C+t^\kappa P(R>t)\to C_+tκP(R>t)→C+​, which the paper prescribes and which includes C+=0C_+=0C+​=0. Milestones on sequences use independent copies (Qn,Mn)(Q_n,M_n)(Qn​,Mn​) on an arbitrary probability space carrying them, stored 0-based.

The statement does not reduce to a trivial one: the ratio form P(R>t)/(C+t−κ)→1P(R>t)/(C_+t^{-\kappa})\to1P(R>t)/(C+​t−κ)→1 (undefined when C+=0C_+=0C+​=0), existence of some fixed point without uniqueness, the positivity criterion as a one-way implication, and tail limits asserted for an arbitrary random variable rather than for the stationary law are all excluded. One correction to the source is built in: Lemma 9.4's (9.17) is printed as an equality, which fails for independent identically distributed non-degenerate XXX, YYY; the inequality the proof establishes is stated.

A complete development needs: convolution and image measures of products on R2×R\mathbb R^2\times\mathbb RR2×R; the key renewal theorem on the whole line for nonarithmetic laws with positive mean (the content of the first mission of this series); existence and uniqueness for contractive random affine maps; Lévy-type maximal inequalities; and ladder-height estimates for random walks with negative drift whose steps may equal −∞-\infty−∞. The renewal-theoretic and random-walk components are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions of any milestone, and of supporting lemmas such as the moment bounds for perpetuities, are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. M. Goldie, Implicit renewal theory and tails of solutions of random equations, Annals of Applied Probability 1(1):126–166, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177005985
  • H. Kesten, Random difference equations and renewal theory for products of random matrices, Acta Mathematica 131:207–248, 1973. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02392040
  • W. Vervaat, On a stochastic difference equation and a representation of non-negative infinitely divisible random variables, Advances in Applied Probability 11(4):750–783, 1979. https://doi.org/10.2307/1426858
  • L. de Haan, S. I. Resnick, H. Rootzén and C. G. de Vries, Extremal behaviour of solutions to a stochastic difference equation with applications to ARCH processes, Stochastic Processes and their Applications 32(2):213–224, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1016/0304-4149(89)90076-8
  • D. Buraczewski, E. Damek and T. Mikosch, Stochastic Models with Power-Law Tails: The Equation X = AX + B, Springer, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-29679-1
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
Machine LearningOptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Learning Models with Uniform Performance via Distributionally Robust Optimization 2: A Minimax Lower Bound of Order n^(−1/2) ∨ n^(−1/k*) for Estimating the Cressie–Read Robust Risk (Theorem 3)Research Paper

Motivation

Distributionally robust optimization replaces the expected loss EP0[ℓ(θ;X)]\mathbb E_{P_0}[\ell(\theta; X)]EP0​​[ℓ(θ;X)] of a statistical model by its worst case over all distributions QQQ close to the data distribution P0P_0P0​. When closeness is measured by an fff-divergence ball {Q:Df(Q∥P0)≤ρ}\{Q : D_f(Q\|P_0) \le \rho\}{Q:Df​(Q∥P0​)≤ρ} of fixed radius ρ>0\rho > 0ρ>0, the robust risk upper-bounds the risk of every subpopulation of P0P_0P0​ that has sufficiently large probability, so a model with small robust risk performs uniformly well across latent subgroups. This is the program of J. C. Duchi and H. Namkoong, Learning Models with Uniform Performance via Distributionally Robust Optimization (arXiv:1810.08750; Ann. Statist. 49 (2021), doi:10.1214/20-AOS2004).

The robust risk is itself a statistical functional. It is estimated by plugging in the empirical distribution, and the paper shows (its Theorem 2) that for the Cressie–Read family of divergences with parameter kkk the plug-in estimate concentrates at rate n−1/(k∗∨2)n^{-1/(k_* \vee 2)}n−1/(k∗​∨2), with k∗=k/(k−1)k_* = k/(k-1)k∗​=k/(k−1). For small kkk (heavy protection against distribution shift) k∗k_*k∗​ is large and this rate is far slower than the parametric n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2. This mission formalizes the paper's answer to whether the slow rate is an artefact of the plug-in estimator or intrinsic: its Theorem 3, a minimax lower bound valid for every estimator.

Setting

Fix k∈(1,∞)k \in (1,\infty)k∈(1,∞) and write k∗=k/(k−1)k_* = k/(k-1)k∗​=k/(k−1). The Cressie–Read function is

fk(t)=tk−kt+k−1k(k−1)(t≥0),fk(t)=+∞(t<0).f_k(t) = \frac{t^k - kt + k - 1}{k(k-1)} \quad (t \ge 0), \qquad f_k(t) = +\infty \quad (t < 0).fk​(t)=k(k−1)tk−kt+k−1​(t≥0),fk​(t)=+∞(t<0).

For a probability measure PPP, a real random variable ZZZ and a radius ρ>0\rho > 0ρ>0, the robust risk is

Rk(Z)=sup⁡{EP[LZ]:L≥0, EP[L]=1, EP[fk(L)]≤ρ},\mathcal R_k(Z) = \sup\Bigl\{ \mathbb E_P[LZ] : L \ge 0,\ \mathbb E_P[L] = 1,\ \mathbb E_P[f_k(L)] \le \rho \Bigr\},Rk​(Z)=sup{EP​[LZ]:L≥0, EP​[L]=1, EP​[fk​(L)]≤ρ},

the supremum of EQ[Z]\mathbb E_Q[Z]EQ​[Z] over distributions Q≪PQ \ll PQ≪P with likelihood ratio L=dQ/dPL = dQ/dPL=dQ/dP and Cressie–Read divergence Dfk(Q∥P)=EP[fk(L)]D_{f_k}(Q\|P) = \mathbb E_P[f_k(L)]Dfk​​(Q∥P)=EP​[fk​(L)] at most ρ\rhoρ.

Write

ck(ρ)=(1+k(k−1)ρ)1/k,pk=(1+k(k−1)ρ)−1/(k−1),βk=k(k−1)ρ2(1+k(k−1)ρ).c_k(\rho) = (1 + k(k-1)\rho)^{1/k}, \qquad p_k = (1 + k(k-1)\rho)^{-1/(k-1)}, \qquad \beta_k = \frac{k(k-1)\rho}{2(1+k(k-1)\rho)} .ck​(ρ)=(1+k(k−1)ρ)1/k,pk​=(1+k(k−1)ρ)−1/(k−1),βk​=2(1+k(k−1)ρ)k(k−1)ρ​.

Fix M>0M > 0M>0 and let P\mathcal PP be the set of all distributions on the two points {0,M}\{0, M\}{0,M}; each is determined by its mass p∈[0,1]p \in [0,1]p∈[0,1] at MMM. An estimator is any function R^:{0,M}n→R\widehat R : \{0, M\}^n \to \mathbb RR:{0,M}n→R of a sample Z1n=(Z1,…,Zn)Z_1^n = (Z_1, \dots, Z_n)Z1n​=(Z1​,…,Zn​) drawn i.i.d. from P0∈PP_0 \in \mathcal PP0​∈P. The minimax risk of estimating the robust risk is

Mn(P,fk)=inf⁡R^ sup⁡P0∈P EP0n∣R^(Z1n)−Rk(Z)∣,Z∼P0.(16)\mathfrak M_n(\mathcal P, f_k) = \inf_{\widehat R}\ \sup_{P_0 \in \mathcal P}\ \mathbb E_{P_0^n}\bigl|\widehat R(Z_1^n) - \mathcal R_k(Z)\bigr|, \qquad Z \sim P_0. \qquad (16)Mn​(P,fk​)=Rinf​ P0​∈Psup​ EP0n​​​R(Z1n​)−Rk​(Z)​,Z∼P0​.(16)

The total variation distance between two product laws Pn,P′nP^n, P'^nPn,P′n on the finite set {0,M}n\{0,M\}^n{0,M}n is ∥Pn−P′n∥TV=12∑z∣Pn{z}−P′n{z}∣\|P^n - P'^n\|_{\mathrm{TV}} = \tfrac12\sum_z |P^n\{z\} - P'^n\{z\}|∥Pn−P′n∥TV​=21​∑z​∣Pn{z}−P′n{z}∣, and DklD_{\mathrm{kl}}Dkl​ denotes the Kullback–Leibler divergence.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

For every n≥1n \ge 1n≥1,

Mn(P,fk)≥Mmax⁡{18k∗pk(pk(1−pk)16n∧12(1−pk)∧pk),  18βk1/kck(ρ)(14n∧pk∧(1−(1−βk)1−k∗pk))1/k∗}.\mathfrak M_n(\mathcal P, f_k) \ge M \max\Biggl\{ \frac{1}{8 k_* p_k}\Bigl( \sqrt{\frac{p_k(1-p_k)}{16 n}} \wedge \tfrac12(1-p_k) \wedge p_k \Bigr),\ \ \frac18 \beta_k^{1/k} c_k(\rho) \Bigl( \frac{1}{4n} \wedge p_k \wedge \bigl(1 - (1-\beta_k)^{1-k_*} p_k\bigr) \Bigr)^{1/k_*} \Biggr\}.Mn​(P,fk​)≥Mmax{8k∗​pk​1​(16npk​(1−pk​)​​∧21​(1−pk​)∧pk​),  81​βk1/k​ck​(ρ)(4n1​∧pk​∧(1−(1−βk​)1−k∗​pk​))1/k∗​}.

The first branch is of order n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2, the second of order n−1/k∗n^{-1/k_*}n−1/k∗​. The page prints 8n8n8n in the first branch; the target uses 16n16n16n (see Formalization scope).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 12 (three claims): for ZZZ equal to z0≤z1z_0 \le z_1z0​≤z1​ with probabilities 1−p1-p1−p, ppp: if p≥pkp \ge p_kp≥pk​ then Rk(Z)=z1\mathcal R_k(Z) = z_1Rk​(Z)=z1​; if p≤pkp \le p_kp≤pk​ then Rk(Z)≤ckp1/k∗z1+(1−ckp1/k∗)z0\mathcal R_k(Z) \le c_k p^{1/k_*} z_1 + (1 - c_k p^{1/k_*}) z_0Rk​(Z)≤ck​p1/k∗​z1​+(1−ck​p1/k∗​)z0​; and if p≤pk∧(1−(1−β)1−k∗pk)p \le p_k \wedge (1 - (1-\beta)^{1-k_*} p_k)p≤pk​∧(1−(1−β)1−k∗​pk​) for some β∈(0,1)\beta \in (0,1)β∈(0,1) then Rk(Z)≥β1/kckp1/k∗z1+(1−β1/kckp1/k∗)z0\mathcal R_k(Z) \ge \beta^{1/k} c_k p^{1/k_*} z_1 + (1 - \beta^{1/k} c_k p^{1/k_*}) z_0Rk​(Z)≥β1/kck​p1/k∗​z1​+(1−β1/kck​p1/k∗​)z0​.
  2. The primal two-point formula (p. 47): for p∈(0,1)p \in (0,1)p∈(0,1),
Rk(Z)=z0+(z1−z0)sup⁡{q∈[0,1]:(1−p)1−k(1−q)k+p1−kqk≤ckk}.\mathcal R_k(Z) = z_0 + (z_1 - z_0)\sup\{q \in [0,1] : (1-p)^{1-k}(1-q)^k + p^{1-k}q^k \le c_k^k\}.Rk​(Z)=z0​+(z1​−z0​)sup{q∈[0,1]:(1−p)1−k(1−q)k+p1−kqk≤ckk​}.
  1. Le Cam's reduction (37): if ∣Rk(P0)−Rk(P1)∣≥2δ>0|\mathcal R_k(P_0) - \mathcal R_k(P_1)| \ge 2\delta > 0∣Rk​(P0​)−Rk​(P1​)∣≥2δ>0 then Mn≥δ2(1−∥P0n−P1n∥TV)\mathfrak M_n \ge \frac\delta2(1 - \|P_0^n - P_1^n\|_{\mathrm{TV}})Mn​≥2δ​(1−∥P0n​−P1n​∥TV​).
  2. The Taylor display ck(pk−δ)1/k∗≤1−1k∗ckk∗δc_k(p_k - \delta)^{1/k_*} \le 1 - \frac{1}{k_*}c_k^{k_*}\deltack​(pk​−δ)1/k∗​≤1−k∗​1​ckk∗​​δ for 0<δ≤pk0 < \delta \le p_k0<δ≤pk​.
  3. The KL display Dkl(P2∥P1)≤8δ2/(pk(1−pk))D_{\mathrm{kl}}(P_2\|P_1) \le 8\delta^2/(p_k(1-p_k))Dkl​(P2​∥P1​)≤8δ2/(pk​(1−pk​)) for the laws with masses pk∓δp_k \mp \deltapk​∓δ at MMM.
  4. Pinsker for products ∥P1n−P2n∥TV2≤n2Dkl(P2∥P1)\|P_1^n - P_2^n\|_{\mathrm{TV}}^2 \le \frac n2 D_{\mathrm{kl}}(P_2\|P_1)∥P1n​−P2n​∥TV2​≤2n​Dkl​(P2​∥P1​).
  5. The second-branch KL display −log⁡(1−δ)≤δ/(1−δ)≤2δ-\log(1-\delta) \le \delta/(1-\delta) \le 2\delta−log(1−δ)≤δ/(1−δ)≤2δ for δ≤12\delta \le \frac12δ≤21​.

Significance

Theorem 3 shows that the rate n−1/(k∗∨2)n^{-1/(k_* \vee 2)}n−1/(k∗​∨2) of the paper's concentration bound for the plug-in robust risk cannot be improved by any estimator, even when the data take only two values. For k<2k < 2k<2 the robust risk is therefore intrinsically harder to estimate than a mean: its value depends on how much mass P0P_0P0​ puts on rare large values, and rare events are observed rarely. The same phenomenon drives the paper's lower bounds for minimizing the robust risk (its Section 5.2), which are not part of this mission.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version of it or of Lemma 12 is known. Formalizing it produces a verified two-point analysis of the Cressie–Read robust risk (Lemma 12 and its primal formula), which is reusable for any lower bound or worked example involving fff-divergence balls, and a verified finite-sample Le Cam two-point bound for estimating a functional of a distribution on two points. It also corrects a constant in the first branch of the printed statement.

Difficulty

The lower bound needs two distributions on {0,M}\{0,M\}{0,M} that are statistically close yet have well-separated robust risks. Both requirements must be quantitative and must hold simultaneously at the stated constants. The robust risk is a supremum over an infinite-dimensional set of likelihood ratios, so the separation needs exact control of that supremum for two-point laws: an exact value above the threshold pkp_kpk​, and matching upper and lower bounds below it. For mass near pkp_kpk​ the separation is linear in δ\deltaδ, while for small mass it is of order δ1/k∗\delta^{1/k_*}δ1/k∗​, which is where the slow rate comes from. Closeness requires the KL divergence of each pair to be at most 1/(2n)1/(2n)1/(2n), and the two branches need different perturbations. A naive bound on the robust risk by max⁡(z0,z1)\max(z_0, z_1)max(z0​,z1​) or by the mean gives no separation at all.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace UniformDRO.LowerBound. Its conventions are:

  • k>1k > 1k>1, ρ>0\rho > 0ρ>0, M>0M > 0M>0 (all on the page); n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 in the goal (implicit on the page, since the bound contains 1/n1/n1/n).
  • The robust risk is the real supremum in the likelihood-ratio form above, with the divergence constraint written as a lower Lebesgue integral of fk(L)≥0f_k(L) \ge 0fk​(L)≥0. Absolute continuity Q≪PQ \ll PQ≪P is built in. For a two-point law the feasible values lie between the two points, so the supremum is genuine.
  • Laws on {0,M}\{0,M\}{0,M} are (1−p)δ0+p δM(1-p)\delta_0 + p\,\delta_M(1−p)δ0​+pδM​, p∈[0,1]p \in [0,1]p∈[0,1]. Expectations under P0nP_0^nP0n​ are finite sums over {0,M}n\{0,M\}^n{0,M}n. The minimax risk takes values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], with the infimum over all real functions of the sample taken outside the supremum over ppp. For these laws it agrees with the platform's general HighDimStat.Minimax.minimaxRisk.
  • DklD_{\mathrm{kl}}Dkl​ between two-point laws is the platform's BanditAlgorithm.bernoulliRelativeEntropy, always evaluated with a second argument in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), where it is the true divergence.
  • Real powers are Real.rpow. The primal formula is stated for p∈(0,1)p \in (0,1)p∈(0,1), where its negative powers are finite.
  • Correction of the print. In Theorem 3 the page has pk(1−pk)/(8n)\sqrt{p_k(1-p_k)/(8n)}pk​(1−pk​)/(8n)​. The paper's argument with that choice gives Dkl≤1/nD_{\mathrm{kl}} \le 1/nDkl​≤1/n and, by Pinsker, total variation at most 1/21/\sqrt21/2​, which does not yield the printed constant 1/(8k∗pk)1/(8k_*p_k)1/(8k∗​pk​). The target uses 16n16n16n, for which the same argument gives total variation at most 12\tfrac1221​ and exactly the printed constant. The second branch is as printed. The milestone quotes keep the page's text.

The goal is the lower bound on the minimax risk (16) over all estimators and all laws on {0,M}\{0,M\}{0,M}. It does not mention the two hypotheses, δ\deltaδ, total variation or KL divergence, so it cannot be satisfied by a statement about a particular pair of laws or a particular estimator.

Contributions are welcome at every level: proofs of Lemma 12 through the primal formula or through the dual representation of the robust risk, a general finite-space Le Cam lemma, and tensorization of KL and Pinsker for finite products, which are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • J. C. Duchi and H. Namkoong, Learning Models with Uniform Performance via Distributionally Robust Optimization, Ann. Statist. 49(3), 2021; arXiv:1810.08750v6. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.08750, https://doi.org/10.1214/20-AOS2004
  • L. Le Cam, Asymptotic Methods in Statistical Decision Theory, Springer, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-4946-7
  • B. Yu, Assouad, Fano, and Le Cam, in Festschrift for Lucien Le Cam, Springer, 1997, 423–435. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-1880-7_29
  • A. B. Tsybakov, Introduction to Nonparametric Estimation, Springer, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/b13794
  • N. Cressie and T. R. C. Read, Multinomial goodness-of-fit tests, J. R. Stat. Soc. B 46(3), 1984, 440–464. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1984.tb01318.x
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Bounded Rationality in Newsvendor Models V: If σ_T ≤ Σσ_i and σ_T ≥ σ_i, Pooling Strictly Lowers the Expected Cost of Logit Newsvendors with Normal DemandsResearch Paper

Motivation

Inventory pooling lets several locations serve their combined demand from one stock of goods. Classical newsvendor analysis predicts lower optimal cost when pooling reduces demand variation, but the reduction can vanish when demands are perfectly correlated. Xuanming Su asks whether that conclusion survives when managers make noisy stocking decisions rather than always choose the optimum. In the published 2008 article, Bounded Rationality in Newsvendor Models, the decision noise follows a continuous logit model, in which better quantities are chosen more often. Proposition 7 gives conditions under which pooling strictly lowers expected cost, including a case where classical pooling has no cost gain. Su, 2008

The question matters for multilocation inventory systems because an order quantity is a decision as well as a response to demand. Pooling changes both the distribution of demand faced by the system and the number of independently chosen orders. A comparison based only on optimal costs leaves the second change out. This mission isolates the paper's mathematical claim about the combined effect of demand and decision variation. Su, 2008, §9

Setting

There are nnn locations. Demand at location iii is normally distributed with mean μi\mu_iμi​ and standard deviation σi\sigma_iσi​. The total demand has normal law with mean μT=∑iμi\mu_T=\sum_i\mu_iμT​=∑i​μi​ and standard deviation σT\sigma_TσT​. An order of xxx against a realized demand DDD incurs holding cost h(x−D)+h(x-D)^+h(x−D)+ for unsold units and backlog cost b(D−x)+b(D-x)^+b(D−x)+ for unmet demand. Its expected cost is γ(x)\gamma(x)γ(x). The decentralized system incurs one such cost at each location; the pooled system orders once for total demand. The published InventoryControl_newsboy definition supplies this Gaussian expected cost, with the same orientation of holding and backlog penalties as Su's equations (29) and (31). Su, 2008, p. 584

For an expected profit function π\piπ on a decision set SSS, the logit choice density is proportional to eπ(x)/βe^{\pi(x)/\beta}eπ(x)/β on SSS, where β>0\beta>0β>0 is a common bounded-rationality parameter. Larger β\betaβ spreads choices more widely; smaller positive β\betaβ concentrates them near high-profit choices. For normal demand, the decision domain is all of R\mathbb RR. With p=h+bp=h+bp=h+b and c=hc=hc=h, expected profit differs from minus expected cost by a constant independent of the order. The same logit law is therefore obtained from utility −γ(x)-\gamma(x)−γ(x). The random behavioral order is denoted XibX_i^bXib​ at location iii and XTbX_T^bXTb​ for the pool. Su, 2008, pp. 571–572, 584

Formalization targets

Strict pooling reduction

The goal is Proposition 7. Under positive holding and backlog costs, one common positive β\betaβ, at least two locations, positive individual standard deviations, and

σT≤∑i=1nσi,σT≥σifor every i,\sigma_T\leq\sum_{i=1}^{n}\sigma_i, \qquad \sigma_T\geq\sigma_i\quad\text{for every }i,σT​≤i=1∑n​σi​,σT​≥σi​for every i,

the claim is

E[γT(XTb)]<∑i=1nE[γi(Xib)].\mathbb E\bigl[\gamma_T(X_T^b)\bigr] <\sum_{i=1}^{n}\mathbb E\bigl[\gamma_i(X_i^b)\bigr].E[γT​(XTb​)]<i=1∑n​E[γi​(Xib​)].

The first standard-deviation inequality is automatic for the sum of jointly normal demands. The second excludes a total demand whose standard deviation is smaller than an individual location's. The result still includes perfect positive correlation, where the first inequality is an equality. Su, 2008, Proposition 7, p. 585

Supporting statements

Five milestones record the source's route to that comparison: invariance of the choice distribution under an order-preserving affine change of quantity (Lemma 1), invariance under an additive shift in utility (Lemma 2), standardization of the Gaussian newsvendor objective (equation (63)), the optimum of the canonical standard-normal newsvendor and the nonpositivity of its profit, and the comparison of its expected values at different positive scales. The milestone text preserves the wording of the printed article; the precise Lean conditions and corrections are stated with the items. Su, 2008, pp. 572, 587–588

Significance

The strict inequality separates two mechanisms of pooling. Demand aggregation can reduce variability, while a single pooled order also avoids accumulating the costs of several noisy decisions. Proposition 7 shows that the latter mechanism can make the cost reduction strict even when perfect correlation removes the usual variance benefit. It provides a condition that can be checked from individual and total standard deviations, rather than requiring an explicit covariance matrix in the final comparison. Su, 2008, pp. 584–585

The result is proved in the paper; the remaining task is a machine-checked formalization of its definitions and argument. The Gaussian expected-cost object is already published on Prove2Me, while the continuous logit law and this behavioral pooling theorem are new to this mission. The invariance statements and canonical profit comparison are reusable wherever a continuous logit rule acts on a transformed one-dimensional objective.

Difficulty

The usual pooling comparison evaluates cost at an optimal order. Here each system draws its order from a different continuous probability law, and the cost to compare is averaged over those choices. Comparing σT\sigma_TσT​ with ∑iσi\sum_i\sigma_i∑i​σi​ alone does not compare the logit distributions; in particular, it gives equality under perfect positive correlation while the target is strict. A formal development must also show that the normalizing integrals and the resulting cost expectations are genuine finite integrals for every set of parameters covered by the theorem.

Formalization scope

The Lean model uses Mathlib's real Gaussian law with variance σ2\sigma^2σ2 and the published InventoryControl_newsboy.newsboyCost for equations (29) and (31). It records the choice density, CDF, expectation, canonical profit, and behavioral expected cost as separate definitions. The behavioral density uses e−γ/βe^{-\gamma/\beta}e−γ/β on R\mathbb RR; the utility shift from profit is covered by Lemma 2. The theorem specifies normal marginals and a normal total with mean ∑iμi\sum_i\mu_i∑i​μi​ and standard deviation σT\sigma_TσT​. Every jointly normal demand vector in the paper yields these laws, and the final comparison uses no further feature of its joint distribution.

The conditions h>0h>0h>0, b>0b>0b>0, and β>0\beta>0β>0 are standing readings needed for the continuous choice law on the unbounded domain. Proposition 7 additionally states n≥2n\geq2n≥2 and σi>0\sigma_i>0σi​>0: for one location the alleged strict comparison becomes equality, while zero variance makes the paper's continuous density on a point support undefined. Lemma 1 requires positive affine scale because a negative scale reverses CDF order, and its two invariance lemmas require a finite positive normalizer. Equation (66) is read with min⁡(Z,z)\min(Z,z)min(Z,z), as dictated by the surrounding formulas; the printed display drops the word “min.” These corrections and the cost-based choice convention are recorded item by item in the moderation notes.

No optimizer is supplied as a free variable, and no zero normalizer is allowed to turn a logit expectation into a trivial zero. Useful solver contributions include proofs that the cost-based logit normalizer and expected cost are integrable, Gaussian change-of-variables lemmas, and the strict scale comparison. These analytic facts can serve other continuous-choice models.

Selected references

  • Xuanming Su, Bounded Rationality in Newsvendor Models, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 10(4):566–589, 2008. DOI: 10.1287/msom.1070.0200.
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Ordering and Rationing Policies in a Nonstationary Dynamic Inventory Model with n Demand Classes IV: Critical-Level Ordering at Nondecreasing Myopic Levels ȳₘ Is OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

A firm with one product may face several customer classes in each selling interval. When stock is scarce, it must decide which outstanding demands to satisfy and how much inventory to carry into later intervals. When new stock can be bought at several dates, the rationing choice also changes the value of future purchasing opportunities. Topkis studied these linked decisions in a nonstationary model with class-dependent shortage penalties and a finite number of ordering periods. His Theorem 4 identifies conditions under which a policy computed from each period's myopic cost is optimal in the full multiperiod problem Topkis 1968.

The result belongs to a line of work on critical-level policies: choose a stock target and order up to it if current stock is lower. Here the target can be computed one period at a time despite the possibility of future purchases and the separate question of how to ration stock among demand classes. The paper attributes a related myopic policy result to Veinott and explains that its own setting allows a more general rationing policy than the special zero-rationing-level case discussed there Topkis 1968, pp. 175–176. This mission formalizes Topkis's multiperiod statement, including its ordering and rationing conclusions.

Setting

There are NNN ordering periods, numbered 111 through NNN. Period mmm has a unit purchase cost cmc_mcm​. It contains kmk_mkm​ selling intervals, numbered backward: interval kmk_mkm​ is first and interval 111 is last. Within an interval, a random nonnegative demand vector has one component for each of nnn customer classes. The vectors in distinct intervals and periods are independent and each class has a finite mean. At the start of an interval the demand is observed. A decision then selects how much of each class's outstanding demand to leave unsatisfied. The remaining physical stock incurs a holding cost, and each unsatisfied unit incurs a class-specific penalty. Unsatisfied demand is either carried entirely to the next interval or lost entirely, according to the interval. Penalties are nonnegative and rise with class index, so class nnn has the highest shortage penalty Topkis 1968, pp. 162–163, 174.

Let www be net stock before ordering at the start of period mmm: physical stock minus outstanding backlogs. The order must clear the backlog, so the post-order stock zzz satisfies z≥w+=max⁡(w,0)z\ge w^+=\max(w,0)z≥w+=max(w,0). After period NNN, a further unit can be purchased for cN+1≥0c_{N+1}\ge0cN+1​≥0, while unused stock can be salvaged for revenue v≤cN+1v\le c_{N+1}v≤cN+1​. The terminal cost is CN+1(w)=(cN+1−v)w+C_{N+1}(w)=(c_{N+1}-v)w^+CN+1​(w)=(cN+1​−v)w+. Working backward, Cm(w)C_m(w)Cm​(w) is the optimal continuation cost, including the period-mmm ordering decision. The actual period cost g~m(z)\widetilde g^m(z)g​m(z) includes the later continuation value Cm+1C_{m+1}Cm+1​, and equation (19) reads

Cm(w)=inf⁡z≥w+g~m(z).C_m(w)=\inf_{z\ge w^+}\widetilde g^m(z).Cm​(w)=z≥w+inf​g​m(z).

The single-period cost gm(z)g^m(z)gm(z) uses the same demand, holding costs and rationing choices in period mmm, but replaces the later continuation value by the linear terminal charge −cm+1y-c_{m+1}y−cm+1​y. A myopic level yˉm\bar y_myˉ​m​ is any minimum of gmg^mgm on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); it is +∞+\infty+∞ if no such minimum exists. Thus the level need not be the smallest minimum when several stock levels tie Topkis 1968, pp. 174–175.

Formalization targets

Theorem 4: myopic ordering and rationing

Suppose v=cN+1v=c_{N+1}v=cN+1​ and the selected myopic levels are nondecreasing from period mmm onward:

yˉm≤yˉm+1≤⋯≤yˉN.\bar y_m\le\bar y_{m+1}\le\cdots\le\bar y_N.yˉ​m​≤yˉ​m+1​≤⋯≤yˉ​N​.

Then yˉm<+∞\bar y_m<+\inftyyˉ​m​<+∞, and ordering to w∨yˉmw\vee\bar y_mw∨yˉ​m​ minimizes g~m\widetilde g^mg​m over all feasible post-order levels z≥w+z\ge w^+z≥w+. If m<Nm<Nm<N and the stock at the start of period mmm is at most yˉm+1\bar y_{m+1}yˉ​m+1​, the optimal rationing policy during that period is the optimal policy for its single-period problem, calculated with terminal costs v1≡0v_1\equiv0v1​≡0 and v2(y)=−cm+1yv_2(y)=-c_{m+1}yv2​(y)=−cm+1​y Topkis 1968, Theorem 4.

The milestones are the paper's regularity claim for CmC_mCm​ and g~m\widetilde g^mg​m, existence of an actual optimal order-up-to level, finiteness of yˉN\bar y_Nyˉ​N​, the shape of CmC_mCm​ around an optimal level, and the comparison in equation (20). Together these specify the route from the general dynamic program to the myopic target.

Significance

Theorem 4 gives a checkable sufficient condition for replacing a multiperiod ordering computation with a sequence of single-period cost minimizations. It also identifies when the rationing decisions can be obtained from the same single-period model. The stock bound in its rationing clause matters: outside that range, future costs may alter which class demands should be filled now. The result therefore describes both the simplification and its operational domain Topkis 1968, pp. 175–176.

Topkis proved the theorem in 1968; the task here is to produce machine-checked definitions and proofs of that known result. The definitions of feasible rationing, backward value functions, myopic costs and order-up-to levels will also support comparisons with other finite-horizon inventory models. The §1 model is duplicated locally while the four missions for this paper are drafted in parallel, then intended for consolidation into a shared interface.

Difficulty

Convexity alone gives an order-up-to form for the actual cost g~m\widetilde g^mg​m, but it does not identify its minimizing level with a minimum of the simpler cost gmg^mgm. The continuation value Cm+1C_{m+1}Cm+1​ depends on all later ordering and rationing decisions. When some unsatisfied demand is lost, the end-of-period net stock can depend on the within-period rationing choice as well. The core issue is therefore to control the difference between the actual and myopic objectives in the stock range relevant to period mmm Topkis 1968, pp. 174–176. A statement restricted to a preselected rationing rule would miss the theorem's claim about optimality among all feasible decisions.

Formalization scope

Classes are indexed by Fin n; the largest index is the highest penalty class. Intervals and ordering periods use natural numbers with explicit bounds, and intervals retain the paper's backward numbering. Stock, penalties and costs are real. A period's demand vector has a probability law on real vectors supported on the nonnegative orthant, with every coordinate integrable. The §1 dynamic program uses real infima for feasible rationing choices and Bochner integrals for demand expectations. The multiperiod value CmC_mCm​ uses the nonnegative post-order domain z≥w+z\ge w^+z≥w+ in (19). Its defining infimum is intended to be finite under the paper's assumptions; the regularity and attainment milestones expose the facts that rule out Lean's default value for an unbounded infimum. These functions are used only at 1≤m≤N+11\le m\le N+11≤m≤N+1, with period costs at 1≤m≤N1\le m\le N1≤m≤N.

The multiperiod standing assumptions require n>0n>0n>0, N>0N>0N>0, and at least one interval per period, matching the paper’s positive counts.

Holding costs and the appropriate terminal costs satisfy the convexity and continuity assumptions of §1. Within each period, backlog multipliers equal 000 or 111. The terminal procurement cost is nonnegative and salvage revenue does not exceed it. Assumption (D′) is encoded as an eventually positive lower bound on the extended-real right derivative of cmw+∑i=mN∑tht,i(w)−vwc_mw+\sum_{i=m}^N\sum_t h_{t,i}(w)-vwcm​w+∑i=mN​∑t​ht,i​(w)−vw. The §1 terminal functions used in the period assumptions are the linear functions required by the single-period comparison; their regularity adds no independent restriction. Independence across intervals and periods is built into successive expectations. The goal separately assumes v=cN+1v=c_{N+1}v=cN+1​ and monotonicity of the selected myopic levels only from mmm through NNN.

The formal target compares the actual and single-period sets of optimal rationing decisions at every interval and at every nonnegative state with stock at most yˉm+1\bar y_{m+1}yˉ​m+1​. The stock bound and the full feasible set prevent the claim from becoming a result about a handpicked policy. Contributions to the backward recursion, convexity and attainment facts, and the comparison of these two decision sets are all part of this mission.

Selected references

  • Donald M. Topkis, Optimal Ordering and Rationing Policies in a Nonstationary Dynamic Inventory Model with n Demand Classes, Management Science 15(3), 160–176, 1968. DOI: 10.1287/mnsc.15.3.160.
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
CombinatoricsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Concentration of Measure and Isoperimetric Inequalities in Product Spaces XI: The Random Assignment Problem — Fluctuations of the Optimal Cost of Order (log N)²/(√N log log N)Textbook

Motivation

The assignment problem asks for a one-to-one matching of NNN agents to NNN tasks that minimizes the total cost. It is one of the basic problems of combinatorial optimization and is solved in polynomial time by the Hungarian method. Its random version, in which the N2N^2N2 costs are independent random variables, is a standard model for the typical behavior of optimization problems on random inputs, and it has been studied in probability, operations research and statistical physics.

Timeline:

  • Walkup (1979) showed that the expected optimal cost E(LN)E(L_N)E(LN​) of the random assignment problem with independent uniform [0,1][0,1][0,1] costs stays bounded as N→∞N \to \inftyN→∞ (doi:10.1137/0208036).
  • Karp (1987) proved E(LN)≤2E(L_N) \le 2E(LN​)≤2.
  • Talagrand (1995), in the article this mission formalizes, bounded the fluctuations of LNL_NLN​ around its median by K(log⁡N)2/(Nlog⁡log⁡N)K(\log N)^2/(\sqrt N \log\log N)K(logN)2/(N​loglogN), as a showcase of his concentration inequality for product measures (doi:10.1007/BF02699376).
  • Aldous (2001) proved the limit E(LN)→π2/6E(L_N) \to \pi^2/6E(LN​)→π2/6, the value predicted by Mézard and Parisi (doi:10.1002/rsa.1015).

This mission is Chapter 10 of Talagrand's article.

Setting

Fix NNN and two sets III and JJJ of cardinal NNN. An assignment is a one-to-one map τ\tauτ from III onto JJJ. Given a cost matrix a=(ai,j)i∈I,j∈Ja = (a_{i,j})_{i \in I, j \in J}a=(ai,j​)i∈I,j∈J​, the cost of τ\tauτ is ∑i∈Iai,τ(i)\sum_{i \in I} a_{i,\tau(i)}∑i∈I​ai,τ(i)​. In the random problem the costs are Xi,jX_{i,j}Xi,j​, independent and uniformly distributed on [0,1][0,1][0,1], and the optimal cost is the random variable

LN=min⁡{∑i∈IXi,τ(i)  ;  τ assignment}.L_N = \min\Big\{ \sum_{i \in I} X_{i,\tau(i)} \;;\; \tau \text{ assignment} \Big\}.LN​=min{i∈I∑​Xi,τ(i)​;τ assignment}.

A median of LNL_NLN​ is any real MMM with P(LN≤M)≥1/2P(L_N \le M) \ge 1/2P(LN​≤M)≥1/2 and P(LN≥M)≥1/2P(L_N \ge M) \ge 1/2P(LN​≥M)≥1/2.

The argument uses digraphs. A digraph is a subset D⊆I×JD \subseteq I \times JD⊆I×J, and for S⊆IS \subseteq IS⊆I the set of neighbors is D(S)={j∈J; ∃i∈S, (i,j)∈D}D(S) = \{ j \in J ;\ \exists i \in S,\ (i,j) \in D \}D(S)={j∈J; ∃i∈S, (i,j)∈D}. For α≥2\alpha \ge 2α≥2, DDD is α\alphaα-expanding if for every S⊆IS \subseteq IS⊆I

card⁡S≤N2⇒card⁡D(S)≥min⁡(αcard⁡S,N2),card⁡S≥N2⇒card⁡D(S)≥N−1α(N−card⁡S).\operatorname{card} S \le \tfrac N2 \Rightarrow \operatorname{card} D(S) \ge \min\big(\alpha \operatorname{card} S, \tfrac N2\big), \qquad \operatorname{card} S \ge \tfrac N2 \Rightarrow \operatorname{card} D(S) \ge N - \tfrac 1\alpha (N - \operatorname{card} S).cardS≤2N​⇒cardD(S)≥min(αcardS,2N​),cardS≥2N​⇒cardD(S)≥N−α1​(N−cardS).

For u>0u > 0u>0 the threshold digraph is Du={(i,j); Xi,j≤2uN−1log⁡N}D_u = \{(i,j) ;\ X_{i,j} \le 2uN^{-1}\log N\}Du​={(i,j); Xi,j​≤2uN−1logN}: it keeps only the cheap edges.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 10.5

There is a universal constant KKK such that for N≥3N \ge 3N≥3, every median MMM of LNL_NLN​ and every t≥0t \ge 0t≥0,

t≤log⁡N⇒P(∣LN−M∣≥Kt(log⁡N)2Nlog⁡log⁡N)≤2e−t2,t \le \sqrt{\log N} \Rightarrow P\Big(|L_N - M| \ge \frac{K t (\log N)^2}{\sqrt N \log\log N}\Big) \le 2 e^{-t^2},t≤logN​⇒P(∣LN​−M∣≥N​loglogNKt(logN)2​)≤2e−t2, t≥log⁡N⇒P(∣LN−M∣≥Kt3log⁡NNlog⁡t2)≤2e−t2.t \ge \sqrt{\log N} \Rightarrow P\Big(|L_N - M| \ge \frac{K t^3 \log N}{\sqrt N \log t^2}\Big) \le 2 e^{-t^2}.t≥logN​⇒P(∣LN​−M∣≥N​logt2Kt3logN​)≤2e−t2.

The constant KKK is left unspecified, as in the paper.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Lemma 10.1 (deterministic): in an α\alphaα-expanding digraph with αm≥N/2\alpha^m \ge N/2αm≥N/2, every i∈Ii \in Ii∈I lies on a cycle i=i1,…,in+1=ii = i_1, \dots, i_{n+1} = ii=i1​,…,in+1​=i of distinct points, n≤2mn \le 2mn≤2m, with (iℓ,τ(iℓ+1))∈D(i_\ell, \tau(i_{\ell+1})) \in D(iℓ​,τ(iℓ+1​))∈D.
  2. Corollary 10.2 (deterministic in the costs): if DuD_uDu​ is α\alphaα-expanding and αm≥N/2\alpha^m \ge N/2αm≥N/2, every optimal assignment satisfies Xi,τ(i)≤4muN−1log⁡NX_{i,\tau(i)} \le 4muN^{-1}\log NXi,τ(i)​≤4muN−1logN.
  3. Lemma 10.4: for independent events of probability ppp, fewer than δpN\delta p NδpN occur with probability at most exp⁡(−Np/K(δ))\exp(-Np/K(\delta))exp(−Np/K(δ)).
  4. Proposition 10.3: for a universal KKK and u>Ku > Ku>K with ulog⁡N≤Nu \log N \le NulogN≤N, DuD_uDu​ is ulog⁡Nu\log NulogN-expanding with probability at least 1−N−u/K1 - N^{-u/K}1−N−u/K.

Significance

The expected value of LNL_NLN​ is of the same order as a single cost, yet LNL_NLN​ is a function of N2N^2N2 independent variables. A generic bounded-difference bound in all N2N^2N2 coordinates gives no useful concentration at this scale. Theorem 10.5 shows that the fluctuations are at most of order (log⁡N)2/(Nlog⁡log⁡N)(\log N)^2/(\sqrt N \log\log N)(logN)2/(N​loglogN), and by the remark after the theorem, so is the standard deviation of LNL_NLN​. The chapter is a worked example of how a concentration inequality in product spaces is combined with a combinatorial localization argument, the reduction to small costs, and that pattern recurs in the study of random combinatorial optimization problems.

Status: the theorem and its lemmas are proved in the paper. As far as a search of the platform shows, none of them has a machine-checked proof. The two posed statements of Theorem 4.1.1 on the platform (finite-alphabet form) are the concentration inequality the proof calls on; formalizing this chapter adds the combinatorics of expanding digraphs, the random-graph estimate Proposition 10.3 and the final assembly.

Difficulty

The naive approach applies a concentration inequality directly to LNL_NLN​ as a function of the N2N^2N2 costs, each of which can change LNL_NLN​ by up to 111. That loses all control, because the variance proxy grows with the number of coordinates. The central step is to show that, with high probability, an optimal assignment only uses costs of order N−1(log⁡N)2N^{-1}(\log N)^2N−1(logN)2. This requires the cycle structure of Lemma 10.1, and it requires showing that the sparse random digraph DuD_uDu​ has expansion uniformly over all subsets SSS of III, whose number is exponential in NNN. Proposition 10.3 has to beat that union bound, and its proof covers only one of the two expansion conditions in detail; the condition (10.2) for large sets is "left to the reader". The final step combines the truncation with Theorem 4.1.1 and a careful choice of parameters for the two ranges of ttt.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace TalagrandConc.Assignment and commits to the following conventions:

  • I=J=I = J = I=J= Fin N, assignments are Equiv.Perm (Fin N), and LNL_NLN​ is optCost, a Finset.inf' over all permutations (no junk value).
  • The probability space is the cost matrices Fin N × Fin N → ℝ with costLaw N, the product of Lebesgue measure restricted to [0,1][0,1][0,1]. The coordinates are the Xi,jX_{i,j}Xi,j​.
  • Cardinalities of subsets are Set.ncard on the finite type Fin N. α\alphaα-expansion includes α≥2\alpha \ge 2α≥2 as part of the definition.
  • Probabilities are in ℝ≥0∞, and 1−N−u/K1 - N^{-u/K}1−N−u/K is truncated subtraction there.
  • Universal constants are existentially quantified before every object they are uniform over. K(δ)K(\delta)K(δ) in Lemma 10.4 is chosen after δ\deltaδ and before everything else.
  • Implicit side conditions of the paper are stated: m≥1m \ge 1m≥1 in Lemma 10.1 and Corollary 10.2, n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 for the cycle, N≥1N \ge 1N≥1 in Proposition 10.3, t≥0t \ge 0t≥0 in Theorem 10.5.

A cycle of length n=0n = 0n=0 would satisfy Lemma 10.1 vacuously. The formal statement therefore requires n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, which rules out that trivializing reading. Similarly, Theorem 10.5 fixes one constant KKK for all NNN; a KKK depending on NNN would make the bound empty.

Infrastructure: the product of uniform laws on a finite index set, iterated expansion arguments for bipartite digraphs, a lower-tail Chernoff bound for independent events, and the union bound over subsets are reusable beyond this mission. Theorem 4.1.1 of the paper is posed elsewhere on the platform and is not restated here. The bound (8.1.1) used in Step 2 of the proof belongs to another chapter of the series. Contributions of proofs of any milestone, or of intermediate displayed estimates such as (10.5), (10.6) and (10.9), are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Talagrand, Concentration of measure and isoperimetric inequalities in product spaces, Publ. Math. IHÉS 81 (1995), 73–205. doi:10.1007/BF02699376
  • D. W. Walkup, On the expected value of a random assignment problem, SIAM J. Comput. 8 (1979), 440–442. doi:10.1137/0208036
  • R. M. Karp, An upper bound on the expected cost of an optimal assignment, in Discrete Algorithms and Complexity, Academic Press (1987), 1–4.
  • J. M. Steele, Probability Theory and Combinatorial Optimization, SIAM (1997). doi:10.1137/1.9781611970029
  • D. J. Aldous, The ζ(2) limit in the random assignment problem, Random Structures Algorithms 18 (2001), 381–418. doi:10.1002/rsa.1015
7 thms3 active usersReviewed
Machine LearningOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Nonparametric Asymptotic Analysis of Inventory Planning with Censored Demand 1: AIM's Average Expected Cost Is Within O(1/√T) of the Newsvendor Cost, Perishable and Non-PerishableResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer who restocks a product every period must choose an order-up-to level without knowing the demand distribution, and in most retail settings it observes only sales, the minimum of demand and stock. Demand above the stock is lost and never recorded. This is censored demand: the data needed to estimate the distribution are truncated exactly at the decision. Classical inventory theory assumes the distribution is known, and then the optimal policy in the stationary case is to order up to the newsvendor quantity in every period.

Huh and Rusmevichientong (Math. Oper. Res. 34(1), 2009) give a nonparametric policy that learns from censored sales alone, the Adaptive Inventory Management (AIM) algorithm, and prove that its average expected cost approaches the newsvendor cost at rate 1/T1/\sqrt T1/T​. The perishable case reduces to online convex optimization in the sense of Zinkevich (2003) and Flaxman, Kalai and McMahan (2005). The non-perishable case is new: leftover stock constrains the next decision, and the paper controls this constraint through a single-server queue.

Setting

Demands D1,D2,⋯≥0D_1, D_2, \dots \ge 0D1​,D2​,⋯≥0 are independent and identically distributed with an unknown law of finite mean; DDD denotes a generic demand and FFF its distribution function. A holding cost h>0h > 0h>0 is paid per unit left over and a penalty b>0b > 0b>0 per unit of lost demand. The newsvendor cost of a level y≥0y \ge 0y≥0 is

Q(y)=h E[y−D]++b E[D−y]+,Q(y) = h\,E[y-D]^+ + b\,E[D-y]^+ ,Q(y)=hE[y−D]++bE[D−y]+,

and the newsvendor quantity is yNV=inf⁡{y≥0∣F(y)≥b/(b+h)}y^{NV} = \inf\{y \ge 0 \mid F(y) \ge b/(b+h)\}yNV=inf{y≥0∣F(y)≥b/(b+h)}.

In period ttt the manager holds xt≥0x_t \ge 0xt​≥0 units (x1=0x_1 = 0x1​=0), raises the stock to yt≥xty_t \ge x_tyt​≥xt​, and observes min⁡{Dt,yt}\min\{D_t, y_t\}min{Dt​,yt​}. Excess inventory is either perishable (xt+1=0x_{t+1} = 0xt+1​=0) or non-perishable (xt+1=[yt−Dt]+x_{t+1} = [y_t - D_t]^+xt+1​=[yt​−Dt​]+).

Assumption 1 gives the manager a bound yˉ≥yNV\bar y \ge y^{NV}yˉ​≥yNV, and in the non-perishable case a bound ρ\rhoρ with 0<ρ<E[D1]0 < \rho < E[D_1]0<ρ<E[D1​]. AIM keeps a target y^t\hat y_ty^​t​ and an implemented level yty_tyt​: y1=y^1∈[0,yˉ]y_1 = \hat y_1 \in [0, \bar y]y1​=y^​1​∈[0,yˉ​], and for t≥1t \ge 1t≥1

y^t+1=P[0,yˉ](y^t−ϵtHt(y^t)),yt+1=max⁡{y^t+1,xt+1},\hat y_{t+1} = P_{[0,\bar y]}\big(\hat y_t - \epsilon_t H_t(\hat y_t)\big), \qquad y_{t+1} = \max\{\hat y_{t+1}, x_{t+1}\},y^​t+1​=P[0,yˉ​]​(y^​t​−ϵt​Ht​(y^​t​)),yt+1​=max{y^​t+1​,xt+1​},

with the projection P[0,yˉ](z)=max⁡{min⁡{z,yˉ},0}P_{[0,\bar y]}(z) = \max\{\min\{z,\bar y\},0\}P[0,yˉ​]​(z)=max{min{z,yˉ​},0}, steps ϵt=γyˉ/(max⁡{b,h}t)\epsilon_t = \gamma\bar y/(\max\{b,h\}\sqrt t)ϵt​=γyˉ​/(max{b,h}t​) for a scale γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0, and the censored gradient estimate Ht(y^t)=hH_t(\hat y_t) = hHt​(y^​t​)=h if Dt<y^tD_t < \hat y_tDt​<y^​t​ and −b-b−b if Dt≥y^tD_t \ge \hat y_tDt​≥y^​t​. The manager can compute HtH_tHt​ from the observed sales.

For θ>0\theta > 0θ>0 the waiting times W1(θ)=0W_1(\theta) = 0W1​(θ)=0, Wt+1(θ)=[Wt(θ)+θ−Dt]+W_{t+1}(\theta) = [W_t(\theta) + \theta - D_t]^+Wt+1​(θ)=[Wt​(θ)+θ−Dt​]+ describe a GI/D/1 queue with inter-arrival times DtD_tDt​ and service time θ\thetaθ. Its busy periods Ji(θ)J_i(\theta)Ji​(θ) are the stretches between successive returns to 000. The auxiliary queue Z1(θ)=0Z_1(\theta) = 0Z1​(θ)=0, Zt+1(θ)=[Zt(θ)+θ/t−Dt]+Z_{t+1}(\theta) = [Z_t(\theta) + \theta/\sqrt t - D_t]^+Zt+1​(θ)=[Zt​(θ)+θ/t​−Dt​]+ has shrinking service times.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

For every T≥1T \ge 1T≥1, in the perishable case

E[1T∑t=1TQ(yt)]−Q(yNV)≤(γ+1γ)yˉmax⁡{b,h}T,E\Big[\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T Q(y_t)\Big] - Q(y^{NV}) \le \Big(\gamma + \frac1\gamma\Big)\frac{\bar y\max\{b,h\}}{\sqrt T},E[T1​t=1∑T​Q(yt​)]−Q(yNV)≤(γ+γ1​)T​yˉ​max{b,h}​,

and in the non-perishable case, if E[D16]<∞E[D_1^6] < \inftyE[D16​]<∞ and γ≤ρmax⁡{b,h}/(hyˉ)\gamma \le \rho\max\{b,h\}/(h\bar y)γ≤ρmax{b,h}/(hyˉ​), there is a constant CCC, independent of TTT, with

E[1T∑t=1TQ(yt)]−Q(yNV)≤CT.E\Big[\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T Q(y_t)\Big] - Q(y^{NV}) \le \frac{C}{\sqrt T}.E[T1​t=1∑T​Q(yt​)]−Q(yNV)≤T​C​.

The non-perishable bullet asserts only the existence of CCC, because the paper's explicit formula (9) depends on Proposition 4 (i), which is false as printed.

Milestones

  • §2.4: QQQ is convex with left derivative hP{D<y}−bP{D≥y}h P\{D<y\} - bP\{D\ge y\}hP{D<y}−bP{D≥y}, and E[Ht∣y^t]E[H_t \mid \hat y_t]E[Ht​∣y^​t​] equals it.
  • Lemma 3: projected stochastic subgradient descent with steps γdiam⁡(S)/(Bˉt)\gamma\operatorname{diam}(S)/(\bar B\sqrt t)γdiam(S)/(Bˉt​) has average error at most (γ+1/γ)diam⁡(S)Bˉ/T(\gamma + 1/\gamma)\operatorname{diam}(S)\bar B/\sqrt T(γ+1/γ)diam(S)Bˉ/T​.
  • §2.4: Q(y)−Q(y^)≤h(y−y^)Q(y) - Q(\hat y) \le h(y - \hat y)Q(y)−Q(y^​)≤h(y−y^​) for 0≤y^≤y0 \le \hat y \le y0≤y^​≤y.
  • Theorem 6: if γ≤ρmax⁡{b,h}/(hyˉ)\gamma \le \rho\max\{b,h\}/(h\bar y)γ≤ρmax{b,h}/(hyˉ​), then yt−y^t≤Zt(ρ)y_t - \hat y_t \le Z_t(\rho)yt​−y^​t​≤Zt​(ρ).
  • Lemma 13: E∣Ji(θ,t)(θ)∣≤E[∣J1(θ)∣2]E|J_{i(\theta,t)}(\theta)| \le E[|J_1(\theta)|^2]E∣Ji(θ,t)​(θ)∣≤E[∣J1​(θ)∣2].
  • Lemma 5: E[∑t=1TZt(θ)]≤2θE[∣J1(θ)∣2]TE[\sum_{t=1}^T Z_t(\theta)] \le 2\theta E[|J_1(\theta)|^2]\sqrt TE[∑t=1T​Zt​(θ)]≤2θE[∣J1​(θ)∣2]T​.
  • Lemma 12: E[(∑i≤nXi)6]≤21n3EX16E[(\sum_{i\le n} X_i)^6] \le 21 n^3 E X_1^6E[(∑i≤n​Xi​)6]≤21n3EX16​ for i.i.d. mean-zero XiX_iXi​ (and the fourth-moment analogue).
  • Proposition 4 (i), corrected: E[∣J1(θ)∣2]≤1+21π22E[(D1−ED1)6]/(ED1−θ)6E[|J_1(\theta)|^2] \le 1 + \tfrac{21\pi^2}{2}E[(D_1 - ED_1)^6]/(ED_1 - \theta)^6E[∣J1​(θ)∣2]≤1+221π2​E[(D1​−ED1​)6]/(ED1​−θ)6 for 0<θ<E[D1]0 < \theta < E[D_1]0<θ<E[D1​].

Significance

Theorem 2 shows that a manager who never observes lost sales can still reach the cost of a manager who knows the distribution, at a dimension-free rate, under only a sixth-moment condition in the non-perishable case. The example of §2.5 of the paper shows that the rate 1/T1/\sqrt T1/T​ cannot be improved in general for AIM. Theorem 6, the coupling of the excess inventory yt−y^ty_t - \hat y_tyt​−y^​t​ with a queue, is the step that handles decisions constrained by past decisions, and the same paper reuses it when ρ\rhoρ is unknown (§3.2).

The results are proved in the paper, and none of them is formalized as far as is known. This mission formalizes them and also corrects them: Proposition 4 (i) fails for deterministic demand, its explicit constant has to be replaced, and Eq. (2) labels a right derivative as a left one. Lemma 3 for decreasing steps and Lemma 12 are standard tools that are not in Mathlib.

Difficulty

The perishable case is a stochastic subgradient method, but its estimates are conditionally unbiased only given the current iterate, and QQQ is merely convex, not differentiable, so the textbook smooth argument does not apply directly. In the non-perishable case the implemented levels yty_tyt​ are not the gradient iterates, and yt−y^ty_t - \hat y_tyt​−y^​t​ is not small along a path: carried-over stock can keep yty_tyt​ above the target for many periods. A bound on E[yt−y^t]E[y_t - \hat y_t]E[yt​−y^​t​] for each ttt does not follow from a bound on one period. The queue Zt(ρ)Z_t(\rho)Zt​(ρ) dominates the whole excess process, but it is non-stationary. Its sum has to be compared with the stationary queue Wt(ρ)W_t(\rho)Wt​(ρ), whose busy period covering a fixed time is length-biased, so second moments of busy periods enter.

Formalization scope

All declarations are in the namespace AIMInventory.Known. The demand law and the i.i.d. path measure are the published CappedBaseStock.DemandLaw and demandPathLaw, whose law has finite and strictly positive mean. QQQ and yNVy^{NV}yNV are the published backorderCost and newsvendorLevel of LostSalesOrderUpTo.Asymptotic.Backorder. The optimality of yNVy^{NV}yNV is the already posed LostSalesOrderUpTo.Asymptotic.newsvendor_optimal and is included as a reference.

Conventions:

  • The demand path is zero-based (DtD_tDt​ is d (t - 1)), and all paper indices t≥1t \ge 1t≥1 are kept.
  • The AIM run, WWW, ZZZ, the renewal epochs and the busy periods are functions of the demand path, defined by recursion exactly as printed.
  • The queue indexing is W1=Z1=0W_1 = Z_1 = 0W1​=Z1​=0 and τ0=1\tau_0 = 1τ0​=1 (the paper's W0W_0W0​, Z0Z_0Z0​ need an undefined D0D_0D0​ and θ/0\theta/\sqrt 0θ/0​). Period 111 lies in no busy period, so Lemma 13 is stated for t≥2t \ge 2t≥2.
  • Busy-period lengths are ℕ∞-valued. Every expectation that can be infinite is a lower Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. The expectations in Theorem 2 have bounded integrands.
  • Readings of loose phrases:
    • "for some γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0" means for every γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0;
    • "any value in [0,yˉ][0,\bar y][0,yˉ​]" means for every y^1∈[0,yˉ]\hat y_1 \in [0, \bar y]y^​1​∈[0,yˉ​];
    • "with probability one" in Theorem 6 means for every demand path;
    • "There is a constant CCC" means ∃C, ∀T≥1\exists C,\ \forall T \ge 1∃C, ∀T≥1.
  • The implicit positivity of hhh, bbb, yˉ\bar yyˉ​ (they appear in denominators) is added as hypotheses.
  • Lemma 3 is stated on Rn\mathbb R^nRn for every comparator u∈Su \in Su∈S, with E[H(z)∣z]E[H(z)\mid z]E[H(z)∣z] read as conditioning on the σ-algebra of the current iterate.
  • Proposition 4 (ii) and the explicit constant (9) are not stated.

The mission does not accept a formalization that sums over arbitrary sequences with yt≥y^ty_t \ge \hat y_tyt​≥y^​t​ instead of the AIM run, uses an uncensored gradient, or lets a non-integrable expectation default to 000.

Contributions toward a stochastic subgradient method with anytime steps, moment bounds for i.i.d. sums, and busy periods of Lindley's recursion are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • W. T. Huh, P. Rusmevichientong, A Nonparametric Asymptotic Analysis of Inventory Planning with Censored Demand, Mathematics of Operations Research 34(1), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1080.0355
  • M. Zinkevich, Online Convex Programming and Generalized Infinitesimal Gradient Ascent, ICML 2003. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/3041838.3041955
  • A. Flaxman, A. T. Kalai, H. B. McMahan, Online Convex Optimization in the Bandit Setting: Gradient Descent without a Gradient, SODA 2005. https://arxiv.org/abs/cs/0408007
  • E. Hazan, A. Agarwal, S. Kale, Logarithmic Regret Algorithms for Online Convex Optimization, Machine Learning 69, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-007-5016-8
15 thms3 active usersReviewed
Machine LearningOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Nonparametric Asymptotic Analysis of Inventory Planning with Censored Demand 3: For Any Step Scale γ, Non-Perishable AIM's Excess Cost Λ₂(T) Is Bounded by a Hitting Time and a Busy PeriodResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer who stocks a perishable or storable product each period must choose an order-up-to level without knowing the demand distribution. Worse, demand is censored: when the shelf empties, the retailer observes sales, not demand. Huh and Rusmevichientong (Math. Oper. Res. 34(1), 2009) proposed the Adaptive Inventory Management (AIM) algorithm, a projected stochastic subgradient method that uses only the censored observation "was there stock left at the end of the period?". They proved that its average expected cost converges to the cost of the optimal newsvendor level at rate O(1/T)O(1/\sqrt T)O(1/T​), with no parametric assumption on demand.

In the non-perishable case, where leftover stock carries over, the main convergence theorem (Theorem 2, p. 7) requires the step-size scale γ\gammaγ to satisfy γ≤ρmax⁡{b,h}/(hyˉ)\gamma\le\rho\max\{b,h\}/(h\bar y)γ≤ρmax{b,h}/(hyˉ​), where ρ\rhoρ is a known lower bound on mean demand. Section 3.2 of the paper removes this requirement. Its Theorem 8 bounds the excess cost of AIM for every step scale γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, at the price of a hitting time and a busy period in the bound. This mission formalizes Theorem 8 and the steps of its proof.

Setting

Demands D1,D2,…D_1,D_2,\dotsD1​,D2​,… are independent, nonnegative, identically distributed, with finite positive mean E[D1]E[D_1]E[D1​] and otherwise unknown law. The holding cost is h>0h>0h>0 per unit left over and the penalty is b>0b>0b>0 per unit of unmet demand. The newsvendor cost of stocking up to y≥0y\ge0y≥0 is

Q(y)=h E[y−D1]++b E[D1−y]+,Q(y)=h\,E[y-D_1]^+ + b\,E[D_1-y]^+ ,Q(y)=hE[y−D1​]++bE[D1​−y]+,

and the newsvendor quantity is yNV=inf⁡{y≥0:P(D1≤y)≥b/(b+h)}y^{NV}=\inf\{y\ge0: P(D_1\le y)\ge b/(b+h)\}yNV=inf{y≥0:P(D1​≤y)≥b/(b+h)}. The manager knows an upper bound yˉ≥yNV\bar y\ge y^{NV}yˉ​≥yNV.

AIM, non-perishable case. Fix γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 and a starting target y^1∈[0,yˉ]\hat y_1\in[0,\bar y]y^​1​∈[0,yˉ​]. Put y1=y^1y_1=\hat y_1y1​=y^​1​, x1=0x_1=0x1​=0. In period t≥1t\ge1t≥1 the step is ϵt=γyˉ/(max⁡{b,h}t)\epsilon_t=\gamma\bar y/(\max\{b,h\}\sqrt t)ϵt​=γyˉ​/(max{b,h}t​), the observed slope is Ht=hH_t=hHt​=h if Dt<y^tD_t<\hat y_tDt​<y^​t​ and Ht=−bH_t=-bHt​=−b otherwise, and

y^t+1=max⁡{min⁡{y^t−ϵtHt,yˉ},0},xt+1=[yt−Dt]+,yt+1=max⁡{y^t+1,xt+1}.\hat y_{t+1}=\max\{\min\{\hat y_t-\epsilon_tH_t,\bar y\},0\},\qquad x_{t+1}=[y_t-D_t]^+,\qquad y_{t+1}=\max\{\hat y_{t+1},x_{t+1}\}.y^​t+1​=max{min{y^​t​−ϵt​Ht​,yˉ​},0},xt+1​=[yt​−Dt​]+,yt+1​=max{y^​t+1​,xt+1​}.

The target y^t\hat y_ty^​t​ follows the gradient step. The implemented level yty_tyt​ can exceed it because stock that has already been bought cannot be returned. The excess-cost term is

Λ2(T)=E[1T∑t=1T(Q(yt)−Q(y^t))].\Lambda_2(T)=E\Big[\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T\big(Q(y_t)-Q(\hat y_t)\big)\Big].Λ2​(T)=E[T1​t=1∑T​(Q(yt​)−Q(y^​t​))].

Auxiliary processes. Let m=hγyˉ/max⁡{b,h}m=h\gamma\bar y/\max\{b,h\}m=hγyˉ​/max{b,h}. For a real θ\thetaθ:

  • W1(θ)=0W_1(\theta)=0W1​(θ)=0, Wt+1(θ)=[Wt(θ)+θ−Dt]+W_{t+1}(\theta)=[W_t(\theta)+\theta-D_t]^+Wt+1​(θ)=[Wt​(θ)+θ−Dt​]+ is a queue with constant inflow. Its first busy period has length ∣J1(θ)∣=inf⁡{t>1:Wt(θ)=0}−1|J_1(\theta)|=\inf\{t>1:W_t(\theta)=0\}-1∣J1​(θ)∣=inf{t>1:Wt​(θ)=0}−1.
  • Z1(θ)=0Z_1(\theta)=0Z1​(θ)=0, Zt+1(θ)=[Zt(θ)+θ/t−Dt]+Z_{t+1}(\theta)=[Z_t(\theta)+\theta/\sqrt t-D_t]^+Zt+1​(θ)=[Zt​(θ)+θ/t​−Dt​]+ is a queue with decreasing inflow.
  • K(θ,z)=min⁡{t≥0:z+∑s=1t(θ−Ds)≤0}K(\theta,z)=\min\{t\ge0: z+\sum_{s=1}^t(\theta-D_s)\le0\}K(θ,z)=min{t≥0:z+∑s=1t​(θ−Ds​)≤0} is the hitting time of (−∞,0](-\infty,0](−∞,0] by the random walk started at zzz.

For 0<ρ′<m0<\rho'<m0<ρ′<m, the proof uses T~=⌈(m/ρ′)2⌉\tilde T=\lceil(m/\rho')^2\rceilT~=⌈(m/ρ′)2⌉ and K~=min⁡{t>T~:Zt(m)=0}\tilde K=\min\{t>\tilde T:Z_t(m)=0\}K~=min{t>T~:Zt​(m)=0}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8 (p. 13)

For every T≥1T\ge1T≥1 and every ρ′\rho'ρ′ with 0<ρ′<min⁡{m,E[D1]}0<\rho'<\min\{m,E[D_1]\}0<ρ′<min{m,E[D1​]},

Λ2(T)≤max⁡{b,h} yˉT{⌈(m/ρ′)2⌉+E[K(ρ′,22 m2ρ′)]}+2hm E[∣J1(ρ′)∣2]T.\Lambda_2(T)\le\frac{\max\{b,h\}\,\bar y}{T}\Big\{\big\lceil(m/\rho')^2\big\rceil+E\Big[K\Big(\rho',\frac{2\sqrt2\,m^2}{\rho'}\Big)\Big]\Big\}+\frac{2hm\,E\big[|J_1(\rho')|^2\big]}{\sqrt T}.Λ2​(T)≤Tmax{b,h}yˉ​​{⌈(m/ρ′)2⌉+E[K(ρ′,ρ′22​m2​)]}+T​2hmE[∣J1​(ρ′)∣2]​.

The statement makes no moment assumption on demand. It is stated with the paper's explicit constants, and both expectations on the right may be infinite.

Milestones

  1. Coupling (proof of Theorem 8, p. 13). For every demand path and every t≥1t\ge1t≥1, yt−y^t≤Zt(m)y_t-\hat y_t\le Z_t(m)yt​−y^​t​≤Zt​(m).
  2. Restart bound (p. 14). For 0<ρ′<m0<\rho'<m0<ρ′<m, E[K~]≤⌈(m/ρ′)2⌉+E[K(ρ′,22m2/ρ′)]E[\tilde K]\le\lceil(m/\rho')^2\rceil+E[K(\rho',2\sqrt2m^2/\rho')]E[K~]≤⌈(m/ρ′)2⌉+E[K(ρ′,22​m2/ρ′)].
  3. Claim (14) (p. 14, proved in Appendix E). For 0<ρ′<min⁡{m,E[D1]}0<\rho'<\min\{m,E[D_1]\}0<ρ′<min{m,E[D1​]}, hTE[∑t=K~+1TZt(m)]≤2hm E[∣J1(ρ′)∣2]/T\frac hT E\big[\sum_{t=\tilde K+1}^T Z_t(m)\big]\le 2hm\,E[|J_1(\rho')|^2]/\sqrt TTh​E[∑t=K~+1T​Zt​(m)]≤2hmE[∣J1​(ρ′)∣2]/T​.
  4. Lemma 9, corrected (p. 13). If θ<E[D1]\theta<E[D_1]θ<E[D1​], E[D14]<∞E[D_1^4]<\inftyE[D14​]<∞ and z>0z>0z>0, then E[K(θ,z)]≤1+2zE[D1]−θ+8π2E[(D1−E[D1])4](E[D1]−θ)4E[K(\theta,z)]\le1+\frac{2z}{E[D_1]-\theta}+\frac{8\pi^2E[(D_1-E[D_1])^4]}{(E[D_1]-\theta)^4}E[K(θ,z)]≤1+E[D1​]−θ2z​+(E[D1​]−θ)48π2E[(D1​−E[D1​])4]​.

Significance

The result. The cost of AIM relative to the newsvendor benchmark splits as Λ1(T)+Λ2(T)\Lambda_1(T)+\Lambda_2(T)Λ1​(T)+Λ2​(T). Stochastic subgradient descent controls Λ1(T)\Lambda_1(T)Λ1​(T) for every γ\gammaγ, so Theorem 8 is the remaining step in showing that AIM converges at rate O(1/T)O(1/\sqrt T)O(1/T​) without any knowledge of a lower bound on mean demand. The first term of the bound is O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) whenever E[K]E[K]E[K] is finite, and Lemma 9 gives that under a finite fourth moment. The second term is O(1/T)O(1/\sqrt T)O(1/T​) whenever E[∣J1∣2]E[|J_1|^2]E[∣J1​∣2] is finite, and the paper's Proposition 4 gives that under a finite sixth moment. The result therefore removes the one piece of prior information about demand, other than yˉ\bar yyˉ​, that the non-perishable analysis needed.

Formalizing it. The paper's proof is complete and short, but it moves between expectations of random indices, pathwise couplings and renewal arguments, and the statements of Theorem 8 and Lemma 9 contain the slips recorded below. None of these results has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a checked AIM recursion, a pathwise domination of excess inventory by a queue, and hitting-time and busy-period bounds for random walks with nonnegative i.i.d. decrements.

Difficulty

The argument behind Theorem 2 dominates yt−y^ty_t-\hat y_tyt​−y^​t​ by a queue whose inflow ρ/t\rho/\sqrt tρ/t​ is below the mean demand. For large γ\gammaγ the inflow m/tm/\sqrt tm/t​ exceeds E[D1]E[D_1]E[D1​] in early periods, so the queue Z(m)Z(m)Z(m) is unstable at first and its busy periods are not controlled by a stationary queue. A direct bound on E[∑tZt(m)]E[\sum_t Z_t(m)]E[∑t​Zt​(m)] through busy periods of W(m)W(m)W(m) fails, because W(m)W(m)W(m) may never empty when m≥E[D1]m\ge E[D_1]m≥E[D1​]. The proof therefore separates a random initial stretch, which ends at the first time after T~\tilde TT~ that Z(m)Z(m)Z(m) empties, from the remainder. The two parts are bounded by different processes. The random index K~\tilde KK~ sits inside the sums, so the expectations have to be handled with that dependence.

Formalization scope

  • Demand uses the published definition CappedBaseStock_Model (DemandLaw, the i.i.d. path measure demandPathLaw). Its law has finite and strictly positive mean. The cost QQQ and yNVy^{NV}yNV are the published backorderCost and newsvendorLevel of LostSalesOrderUpTo.Asymptotic.Backorder. Both are reused, not redefined.
  • The demand path is zero-based: the paper's DtD_tDt​ is d (t-1). AIM is a deterministic recursion on the path, and y^t,yt,xt\hat y_t,y_t,x_ty^​t​,yt​,xt​ depend on D1,…,Dt−1D_1,\dots,D_{t-1}D1​,…,Dt−1​ only. Levels are real numbers, and QQQ is evaluated at nonnegative levels.
  • The conventions are Z1=W1=0Z_1=W_1=0Z1​=W1​=0 and τ0=1\tau_0=1τ0​=1. The paper's own indexing (Z0=0Z_0=0Z0​=0 in (7)) is undefined at t=0t=0t=0, and these are the conventions its proofs use.
  • KKK, ∣J1∣|J_1|∣J1​∣ and K~\tilde KK~ take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and E[K]E[K]E[K], E[∣J1∣2]E[|J_1|^2]E[∣J1​∣2], E[K~]E[\tilde K]E[K~] are Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Theorem 8 and Claim (14) are stated in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. A divergent expectation therefore makes a bound trivially true. It can never make a bound false or vacuous through a junk value 000. Λ2(T)\Lambda_2(T)Λ2​(T) is a real expectation of a bounded integrand.
  • Explicit readings of loose phrases: "for any choice of the parameter γ\gammaγ" means every γ>0\gamma>0γ>0. "Set y1=y^1y_1=\hat y_1y1​=y^​1​ to any value in [0,yˉ][0,\bar y][0,yˉ​]" means the statements hold for every such start. "With probability one" in the coupling is stated pathwise. 0<ρ′0<\rho'0<ρ′ is added (the bound divides by ρ′\rho'ρ′), as are h,b,yˉ>0h,b,\bar y>0h,b,yˉ​>0. In Claim (14) the random lower limit K~\tilde KK~ is read inside the expectation, as in (13) and Appendix E.
  • Lemma 9 is false as printed: for D≡1D\equiv1D≡1, θ=0\theta=0θ=0, z=1/4z=1/4z=1/4 one has K=1K=1K=1 while the printed bound is 1/21/21/2. The mission states it with an additive 111, which is what the printed proof gives once the integers below 2z/(E[D1]−θ)2z/(E[D_1]-\theta)2z/(E[D1​]−θ) are counted correctly.
  • Ruled out: stating the goal about an arbitrary sequence of levels instead of the AIM recursion, taking E[K]E[K]E[K] or E[∣J1∣2]E[|J_1|^2]E[∣J1​∣2] as real Bochner integrals (which are 000 when the expectation diverges and would make the bound false), and dropping the newsvendor bound yNV≤yˉy^{NV}\le\bar yyNV≤yˉ​ from the goal.
  • Welcome contributions: a reusable Lindley-recursion (see Asmussen 2003, Ch. III) and busy-period library (the inspection-paradox bound E∣Ji(θ,s)(θ)∣≤E∣J1(θ)∣2E|J_{i(\theta,s)}(\theta)|\le E|J_1(\theta)|^2E∣Ji(θ,s)​(θ)∣≤E∣J1​(θ)∣2, Lemma 13 of the paper), fourth-moment Markov bounds for sums of i.i.d. centred variables, and shift invariance of the i.i.d. path measure.

Selected references

  • W. T. Huh and P. Rusmevichientong, A Nonparametric Asymptotic Analysis of Inventory Planning with Censored Demand, Mathematics of Operations Research 34(1):103–123, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1080.0355
  • S. Asmussen, Applied Probability and Queues, 2nd ed., Springer, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/b97236
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingMachine LearningOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Stable Function Approximation in Dynamic Programming II: In a Nondiscounted MDP with All Policies Proper, Value Iteration Through a Self-Weighted Averager ConvergesResearch Paper

Motivation

Value iteration solves a Markov decision process by repeatedly applying the Bellman backup to a table of state values. When the state space is too large for a table, the values are stored in a function approximator instead: each backup is followed by a fit, and the fitted function is backed up again. This approximate value iteration is the basis of fitted dynamic programming and of much of reinforcement learning, and it was known in the early 1990s to diverge for common approximators such as linear regression and neural networks (Boyan and Moore, 1995, cited in the report as [BM95]).

Gordon's technical report (Stable Function Approximation in Dynamic Programming, CMU-CS-95-103, 1995; conference version at ICML 1995) identified a class of approximators, the averagers (k-nearest-neighbour, kernel averaging, linear and bilinear interpolation on a grid), for which the combination is stable. For discounted problems stability follows from a norm argument. For nondiscounted problems, where the backup contracts only in a weighted norm, that argument fails, and the report proves convergence by a different route: approximate value iteration is exact value iteration on a derived MDP. This mission formalizes that route and its conclusion, Corollary 4.1 (p. 11).

Setting

A finite nondiscounted Markov decision process MMM has non-goal states x=1,…,nx=1,\dots,nx=1,…,n, a finite nonempty action set U(x)U(x)U(x) at each state, an expected one-step cost cxac_{xa}cxa​, and transition probabilities paxy≥0p_{axy}\ge 0paxy​≥0 with ∑ypaxy≤1\sum_y p_{axy}\le 1∑y​paxy​≤1. The missing mass 1−∑ypaxy1-\sum_y p_{axy}1−∑y​paxy​ is the probability of moving to a cost-free absorbing goal state, which the paper calls state 111. A value function is a vector V∈RnV\in\mathbb R^nV∈Rn; the goal's value is 000. The parallel value backup is

(TMV)(x)=min⁡a∈U(x)[cxa+∑ypaxyV(y)],(T_M V)(x)=\min_{a\in U(x)}\Bigl[c_{xa}+\sum_y p_{axy}V(y)\Bigr],(TM​V)(x)=a∈U(x)min​[cxa​+y∑​paxy​V(y)],

and with a discount factor γ\gammaγ the sum is multiplied by γ\gammaγ. A policy μ\muμ chooses an admissible action at each state; it is proper if, from every starting state, the probability of having reached the goal after ttt steps tends to 111.

An averager AAA consists of constants kyk_yky​, nonnegative weights βy\beta_yβy​ and nonnegative weights βyz\beta_{yz}βyz​ (zzz ranging over all states, the goal included) with βy+∑zβyz=1\beta_y+\sum_z\beta_{yz}=1βy​+∑z​βyz​=1. Its mapping is MA(V)(y)=βyky+∑zβyzV(z)M_A(V)(y)=\beta_yk_y+\sum_z\beta_{yz}V(z)MA​(V)(y)=βy​ky​+∑z​βyz​V(z). Two operators MFM_FMF​ and TTT are compatible if (MF∘T)k(V0)(M_F\circ T)^k(V_0)(MF​∘T)k(V0​) converges from every initial guess V0V_0V0​.

The derived MDP M′M'M′ has the same states and actions, transition probabilities paxz′=∑ypaxyβyzp'_{axz}=\sum_y p_{axy}\beta_{yz}paxz′​=∑y​paxy​βyz​ to non-goal states zzz, the rest of the mass going to the goal, and costs cxa′=cxa+γ∑ypaxyβykyc'_{xa}=c_{xa}+\gamma\sum_{y}p_{axy}\beta_yk_ycxa′​=cxa​+γ∑y​paxy​βy​ky​.

The states are layered by distance from the goal: S1={1}S_1=\{1\}S1​={1}, Uk=⋃j<kSjU_k=\bigcup_{j<k}S_jUk​=⋃j<k​Sj​, and SkS_kSk​ is the set of states outside UkU_kUk​ from which every action reaches UkU_kUk​ with positive probability. Write k(x)k(x)k(x) for the index of the layer containing xxx. The averager is self-weighted for MMM if for every state yyy either βy>0\beta_y>0βy​>0 or βyx>0\beta_{yx}>0βyx​>0 for some state xxx with k(x)≤k(y)k(x)\le k(y)k(x)≤k(y).

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 4.1 (p. 11)

If every policy of MMM is proper and AAA is self-weighted for MMM, then for every initial guess V0V_0V0​ both

(MA∘TM)k(V0)and(TM∘MA)k(V0)(M_A\circ T_M)^k(V_0)\quad\text{and}\quad(T_M\circ M_A)^k(V_0)(MA​∘TM​)k(V0​)and(TM​∘MA​)k(V0​)

converge as k→∞k\to\inftyk→∞. The first is the page's "TMT_MTM​ and MAM_AMA​ are compatible", the second its "approximate value iteration … will converge".

Milestones

  1. Theorem 4.1 (Derived MDP, p. 7): TM′=TM∘MAT_{M'}=T_M\circ M_ATM′​=TM​∘MA​, for every discount factor and for the nondiscounted backup.
  2. Exhaustiveness (p. 10, after [BT89]): if all policies of MMM are proper, every state lies in some layer SkS_kSk​.
  3. M′M'M′ terminates (p. 10): if all policies of MMM are proper and AAA is self-weighted, there is m>0m>0m>0 such that under every policy of M′M'M′ and from every state the goal is reached within mmm steps with positive probability; in particular every policy of M′M'M′ is proper.
  4. Theorem 2.3 (p. 4), in its all-policies-terminate case: value iteration converges from any initial guess. This is the published, proved item BertsekasDP.ssp_main_theorem.

A further item, Theorem 6.1 (p. 12), says the limit is V∗V^*V∗ when the optimal value function is a fixed point of MAM_AMA​, under self-weighting or under positive costs with k≥0k\ge 0k≥0.

Significance

The corollary gives a checkable, purely combinatorial condition on the approximator and the transition graph under which fitted value iteration on a stochastic shortest path problem cannot diverge. Weight decay (βy>0\beta_y>0βy​>0 everywhere) and any averager that only ever averages a state's value with values no farther from the goal satisfy it. The derived-MDP identity, Theorem 4.1, is the tool the rest of the report builds on (§5, §6.1, Appendix A): it reduces questions about approximate dynamic programming with averagers (convergence, the limit's error, the online Q-learning variant) to questions about an ordinary MDP.

The results are proved in the report, in prose. They have no machine-checked version. The formal development needed here is a finite stochastic shortest path theory (proper policies, the layer partition, termination bounds) on top of the published model BertsekasSSPModel and the proved BertsekasDP.ssp_main_theorem.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails. If all policies of MMM are proper, TMT_MTM​ contracts in some weighted max norm, and MAM_AMA​ is a nonexpansion in the unweighted max norm, but MAM_AMA​ can expand the weighted norm, so the composition need not contract. Figure 4 of the report gives a three-state chain and an averager, replacing V(2)V(2)V(2) by V(3)V(3)V(3), for which approximate value iteration diverges. The proof therefore has to go through M′M'M′ and show that self-weighting makes M′M'M′ terminate under every policy. That is a probabilistic statement about all, possibly nonstationary, policies of a new process, derived from a layer structure of the old one. Exhaustiveness of the layers itself needs a policy-construction argument.

Formalization scope

The MDP is the published BertsekasSSPModel n C: non-goal states Fin n, a finite action type C with admissible sets M.U i, costs M.g, and transition probabilities M.p whose deficit is the probability of termination. Gordon's state 1 is this implicit termination state: its value is 000 by construction, and where the partition and the averager's goal weight need to name it, it is none : Option (Fin n). This realises the page's two "without loss of generality" steps (state 1 cost-free and absorbing; β1=1\beta_1=1β1​=1, k1=0k_1=0k1​=0). The nondiscounted backup is BertsekasSSPBellmanOp M, the discounted one BertsekasDiscountedBellmanOp M γ.

The averager acts on whole value functions over the state set. An approximator that fits only a sample X0X_0X0​ of states is the special case βyx=0\beta_{yx}=0βyx​=0 for x∉X0x\notin X_0x∈/X0​. "All policies proper" quantifies over stationary policies μ : Fin n → C with admissible actions, as on p. 3. Self-weightedness is stated through layer membership, which agrees with the page's k(x)k(x)k(x) whenever the partition is exhaustive (milestone 2). Theorem 6.1 takes V∗V^*V∗ as a real fixed point of the backup; under either of its cases such a fixed point is unique and optimal. Convergence is in Rn\mathbb R^nRn, which is the same as convergence in max norm.

The goal's hypotheses concern MMM and AAA only. A formalization that assumed properness of the derived MDP, dropped the "every action" quantifier in the layers (making the partition and self-weighting weaker notions), or dropped k(x)≤k(y)k(x)\le k(y)k(x)≤k(y) (making every averager with a positive weight self-weighted) would be a different theorem.

Reusable beyond this mission: the layer partition and its exhaustiveness, and the termination bound for the derived model, are general finite stochastic shortest path facts. Contributions to any milestone are welcome, and so are proofs of the definitions-level lemmas they rely on.

Selected references

  • G. J. Gordon, Stable Function Approximation in Dynamic Programming, Technical Report CMU-CS-95-103, Carnegie Mellon University, 1995. Conference version in Proceedings of the 12th International Conference on Machine Learning (ICML), 1995. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-1-55860-377-6.50040-2
  • D. P. Bertsekas and J. N. Tsitsiklis, Parallel and Distributed Computation: Numerical Methods, Prentice Hall, 1989. ([BT89] in the report.)
  • D. P. Bertsekas and J. N. Tsitsiklis, An Analysis of Stochastic Shortest Path Problems, Mathematics of Operations Research 16(3), 1991. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.16.3.580
  • J. A. Boyan and A. W. Moore, Generalization in Reinforcement Learning: Safely Approximating the Value Function, Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 7, Morgan Kaufmann, 1995. ([BM95] in the report.)
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Starting Times for End-of-Season Sales and Optimal Stopping Times for Promotional Fares 3: With One Markdown or Markup Allowed, Thresholds x_n < z_n Give the Optimal PolicyResearch Paper

Motivation

Retailers of seasonal goods, home builders selling out a development, and airlines and cruise lines selling promotional fares all face the same operational question: inventory is fixed, the selling season is finite, and the price can be changed only rarely. Menu costs, advertising commitments and customer goodwill often restrict a seller to a single price change. The question is then when to change the price, and, if both a lower and a higher price are available, in which direction.

Feng and Gallego (Management Science 41(8), 1995) answered this for Poisson demand. Their §4 treats a single markdown (Theorem 1) and a single markup (Theorem 2). This mission formalizes their §5, the markup-or-markdown problem: the seller starts at a middle price and has one opportunity to move either down or up. The paper shows that the optimal policy is again described by time thresholds that depend only on the remaining stock, now two per stock level. The paper builds on the deterministic and fluid analysis of Gallego and van Ryzin (1994), where arbitrarily many price changes are allowed, and is the starting point of a literature on limited-price-change revenue management surveyed by Bitran and Caldentey (2003).

Setting

There are three prices p1<p<p2p_1 < p < p_2p1​<p<p2​. At price pip_ipi​ demand is a Poisson process of intensity λi\lambda_iλi​, and at ppp of intensity λ\lambdaλ, with

λ1>λ>λ2,r1>r>r2,ri=piλi, r=pλ,\lambda_1 > \lambda > \lambda_2, \qquad r_1 > r > r_2, \qquad r_i = p_i\lambda_i,\ r = p\lambda,λ1​>λ>λ2​,r1​>r>r2​,ri​=pi​λi​, r=pλ,

all prices and intensities positive. Lowering the price raises both the sales rate and the revenue rate. Salvage value is zero. Note that in this section p1p_1p1​ is the lower price; the initial price is ppp.

A seller with nnn units and time-to-go ttt sells at ppp and may switch once, to p1p_1p1​ or to p2p_2p2​. Write N(⋅)N(\cdot)N(⋅) for the demand process at ppp and Ni(⋅)N_i(\cdot)Ni​(⋅) for that at pip_ipi​.

  • Ji(n,t;s)=(p−pi)Emin⁡(n,N(s))+piEmin⁡(n,N(s)+Ni(t−s))J^i(n,t;s) = (p - p_i)E\min(n,N(s)) + p_iE\min(n, N(s) + N_i(t-s))Ji(n,t;s)=(p−pi​)Emin(n,N(s))+pi​Emin(n,N(s)+Ni​(t−s)) is the expected revenue of switching to pip_ipi​ after sss time units.
  • J(n,t;0)=max⁡{J1(n,t;0),J2(n,t;0)}J(n,t;0) = \max\{J^1(n,t;0), J^2(n,t;0)\}J(n,t;0)=max{J1(n,t;0),J2(n,t;0)} is the revenue of switching at once to the better alternative, and J(n,t;t)=pEmin⁡(n,N(t))J(n,t;t) = pE\min(n,N(t))J(n,t;t)=pEmin(n,N(t)) the revenue of never switching.
  • The optimal revenue is
J(n,t)=sup⁡τ∈TE[pmin⁡(n,N(τ))+J(n−N(τ),t−τ;0)],J(n,t) = \sup_{\tau \in \mathcal T} E\bigl[p\min(n,N(\tau)) + J(n - N(\tau), t - \tau; 0)\bigr],J(n,t)=τ∈Tsup​E[pmin(n,N(τ))+J(n−N(τ),t−τ;0)],

where T\mathcal TT is the set of stopping times of the history of NNN with 0≤τ≤t0 \le \tau \le t0≤τ≤t and N(τ)≤nN(\tau) \le nN(τ)≤n almost surely.

  • Gi(n,t)=r−ri−pi(λ−λi)P(Ni(t)≥n)G^i(n,t) = r - r_i - p_i(\lambda - \lambda_i)P(N_i(t) \ge n)Gi(n,t)=r−ri​−pi​(λ−λi​)P(Ni​(t)≥n).
  • Δi(n,t)=J(n,t;t)−Ji(n,t;0)\Delta^i(n,t) = J(n,t;t) - J^i(n,t;0)Δi(n,t)=J(n,t;t)−Ji(n,t;0) and Δ(n,t)=J1(n,t;0)−J2(n,t;0)\Delta(n,t) = J^1(n,t;0) - J^2(n,t;0)Δ(n,t)=J1(n,t;0)−J2(n,t;0), with first positive zeros tnit^i_ntni​ and tnt_ntn​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (pp. 1385–1386)

Under the paper's assumption tn1<tn<tn2t^1_n < t_n < t^2_ntn1​<tn​<tn2​ for every nnn, there are strictly increasing sequences (xn)(x_n)(xn​), (zn)(z_n)(zn​) with

xn<tn1<tn<tn2<znx_n < t^1_n < t_n < t^2_n < z_nxn​<tn1​<tn​<tn2​<zn​

such that J(n,t)=V(n,t)J(n,t) = V(n,t)J(n,t)=V(n,t), where V(n,t)=J(n,t;0)+F(n,t)V(n,t) = J(n,t;0) + F(n,t)V(n,t)=J(n,t;0)+F(n,t) for xn≤t≤znx_n \le t \le z_nxn​≤t≤zn​ and V(n,t)=J(n,t;0)V(n,t) = J(n,t;0)V(n,t)=J(n,t;0) otherwise. The excess F(n,⋅)F(n,\cdot)F(n,⋅) equals H1(n,⋅)H^1(n,\cdot)H1(n,⋅) on [xn,tn][x_n,t_n][xn​,tn​] and H2(n,⋅)H^2(n,\cdot)H2(n,⋅) on [tn,zn][t_n,z_n][tn​,zn​]. Each HiH^iHi solves

∂H∂t=−λH+Li(n,t),Li(n,t)=Gi(n,t)+λ[V(n−1,t)−Ji(n−1,t;0)],\frac{\partial H}{\partial t} = -\lambda H + L^i(n,t), \qquad L^i(n,t) = G^i(n,t) + \lambda\bigl[V(n-1,t) - J^i(n-1,t;0)\bigr],∂t∂H​=−λH+Li(n,t),Li(n,t)=Gi(n,t)+λ[V(n−1,t)−Ji(n−1,t;0)],

with H1(n,xn)=0H^1(n,x_n) = 0H1(n,xn​)=0 and H2(n,tn)=H1(n,tn)H^2(n,t_n) = H^1(n,t_n)H2(n,tn​)=H1(n,tn​). The thresholds are xn=inf⁡{t≥0:L1(n,t)=0}x_n = \inf\{t \ge 0 : L^1(n,t) = 0\}xn​=inf{t≥0:L1(n,t)=0} and zn=inf⁡{t≥tn:H2(n,t)≤0}z_n = \inf\{t \ge t_n : H^2(n,t) \le 0\}zn​=inf{t≥tn​:H2(n,t)≤0}.

Milestones

  1. (16), p. 1385: ∂Ji(n,t;0)/∂t=r−λ[Ji(n,t;0)−Ji(n−1,t;0)]−Gi(n,t)\partial J^i(n,t;0)/\partial t = r - \lambda[J^i(n,t;0) - J^i(n-1,t;0)] - G^i(n,t)∂Ji(n,t;0)/∂t=r−λ[Ji(n,t;0)−Ji(n−1,t;0)]−Gi(n,t).
  2. Lemma 2, p. 1379, in both cases: the zeros of G(n,⋅)G(n,\cdot)G(n,⋅) increase strictly in nnn, and G(n,⋅)G(n,\cdot)G(n,⋅) changes sign exactly once.
  3. Lemma 3, p. 1382, in both cases: J(n,t;t)−J(n,t;0)J(n,t;t) - J(n,t;0)J(n,t;t)−J(n,t;0) changes sign exactly once at a strictly increasing sequence tnt_ntn​, and is monotone beyond it.
  4. Lemma 1, p. 1378: a verification criterion identifying J(n,t)J(n,t)J(n,t) as the solution of a system of differential equations and inequalities.

Significance

Theorem 3 says that the two-directional problem has the same simple structure as the one-directional ones. With mmm units left and time-to-go uuu, the seller marks down at once when uuu falls below xmx_mxm​, marks up at once when uuu exceeds zmz_mzm​, and otherwise keeps the price. Because the thresholds increase with the stock, the policy reduces to a table of 2n2n2n numbers, which the paper computes for a housing example (Table 5). The theorem also quantifies the value of flexibility: in that example, allowing either direction adds about $1,500 over the markdown-only policy and about $7,000 over the markup-only policy.

Lemma 3 and the verification Lemma 1 are reusable beyond this mission. Lemma 3 is a sign-change property of differences of Poisson tail sums, of the kind that drives threshold results in revenue management. Lemma 1 is a sufficient condition for the value of an optimal stopping problem driven by a Poisson process. The paper's results are proved with pen and paper only; none of them has a machine-checked proof. The formalization adds a precise statement of Lemma 1, whose printed hypotheses are insufficient (see the scope section), and an explicit record of which threshold facts Theorem 3 depends on.

Difficulty

The value J(n,t)J(n,t)J(n,t) is the supremum over stopping times of a continuous-time process, and the obvious approach, dynamic programming over the stock, needs the value one stock level down. The thresholds at stock n+1n+1n+1 are defined through V(n,⋅)V(n,\cdot)V(n,⋅), so the structure must be propagated from one stock level to the next, and several properties have to propagate together. One must know that L1(n+1,⋅)L^1(n+1,\cdot)L1(n+1,⋅) again has a single sign change, which requires V(n,⋅)−J1(n,⋅;0)V(n,\cdot) - J^1(n,\cdot;0)V(n,⋅)−J1(n,⋅;0) to be increasing beyond xnx_nxn​. One must also know that H2(n+1,⋅)H^2(n+1,\cdot)H2(n+1,⋅) is positive up to tn+12t^2_{n+1}tn+12​ and eventually negative, so that zn+1z_{n+1}zn+1​ is finite, and that zn<zn+1z_n < z_{n+1}zn​<zn+1​. These facts concern three different price pairs at once: (p,p1)(p,p_1)(p,p1​), (p,p2)(p,p_2)(p,p2​) and (p1,p2)(p_1,p_2)(p1​,p2​). A direct comparison of VVV with the two one-directional value functions fails, because the optimal direction itself depends on the stock and the time-to-go. The verification step needs a pathwise fundamental theorem of calculus for the Poisson-driven process, which is where the regularity hypothesis on VVV matters.

Formalization scope

  • Model. Demand at ppp is the counting process of i.i.d. exponential interarrival times from the published definition QueueingFundamentals_Foundations_ArrivalProcess. The rate enters through the hypothesis IsExpInterarrivals P lam T, and Ni(t−s)N_i(t-s)Ni​(t−s) enters only through its law: the sum N(s)+Ni(t−s)N(s) + N_i(t-s)N(s)+Ni​(t−s) is written through its Poisson(λs+λi(t−s))(\lambda s + \lambda_i(t-s))(λs+λi​(t−s)) law. T\mathcal TT is the class of real-valued stopping times τ\tauτ of the σ-algebras generated by the counts N(u)N(u)N(u), 0≤u≤s0 \le u \le s0≤u≤s, with 0≤τ≤t0 \le \tau \le t0≤τ≤t and N(τ)≤nN(\tau) \le nN(τ)≤n almost surely.
  • Conventions. Time is time-to-go, t≥0t \ge 0t≥0; ODEs are imposed at every t>0t > 0t>0 through HasDerivAt. Threshold sequences are indexed from n=1n = 1n=1. Every infimum is a real sInf paired with the nonemptiness of its set. FFF, H1H^1H1, H2H^2H2, VVV and the thresholds are existentially quantified and tied together by the theorem's equations, so the existential determines the paper's objects. The page's assumption tn1<tn<tn2t^1_n < t_n < t^2_ntn1​<tn​<tn2​ is a hypothesis of the goal, as on the page.
  • Added hypotheses. Prices and intensities are positive, the paper's standing convention. Lemma 1 as printed is false. It is stated with the boundary condition V(n,0)=J(n,0;0)V(n,0) = J(n,0;0)V(n,0)=J(n,0;0), the zero-stock condition V(0,t)=0V(0,t) = 0V(0,t)=0, the obstacle condition V≥J(⋅;0)V \ge J(\cdot;0)V≥J(⋅;0), and local Lipschitz continuity of VVV in place of "continuous and almost everywhere differentiable". The page's proof uses all four. Lemma 2's printed "bounded" is corrected to "bounded away from zero", since yn→∞y_n \to \inftyyn​→∞.
  • No trivialization. No statement assumes the optimality identity, the verification conditions, the derivative identity (16), or any sign-change fact as a hypothesis. A goal that defined VVV and assumed J=VJ = VJ=V, or that left the thresholds unrelated to L1L^1L1 and H2H^2H2, would not be Theorem 3.
  • Infrastructure needed. Poisson tail calculus (differentiation of Emin⁡(n,N(t))E\min(n, N(t))Emin(n,N(t)) in ttt), variation-diminishing properties of the kernel e−λ(t−u)e^{-\lambda(t-u)}e−λ(t−u), linear first-order ODEs, and a martingale decomposition for Poisson counting processes evaluated at bounded stopping times. Contributions of any of these, or of proofs of the milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. Feng and G. Gallego, Optimal Starting Times for End-of-Season Sales and Optimal Stopping Times for Promotional Fares, Management Science 41(8):1371–1391, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.41.8.1371
  • G. Gallego and G. van Ryzin, Optimal Dynamic Pricing of Inventories with Stochastic Demand over Finite Horizons, Management Science 40(8):999–1020, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.40.8.999
  • P. Brémaud, Point Processes and Queues: Martingale Dynamics, Springer, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-9477-8
  • S. Karlin, Total Positivity, Vol. 1, Stanford University Press, 1968.
  • G. Bitran and R. Caldentey, An Overview of Pricing Models for Revenue Management, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 5(3):203–229, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.5.3.203.16031
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Starting Times for End-of-Season Sales and Optimal Stopping Times for Promotional Fares 2: Markup Is Optimal Once Time-to-Go Exceeds an Increasing Threshold z_nResearch Paper

Why a promotional fare needs a switching rule

An airline may offer a low promotional fare while seats remain available, then raise the fare as departure approaches. The choice is dynamic: a sale changes both the number of seats left and the benefit of waiting. The same decision appears for hotel rooms and theater seats. Feng and Gallego study a policy with two fixed prices and at most one price change, while allowing the switching time to depend on actual sales rather than a calendar date chosen in advance. Their 1995 paper proves that this adaptive problem has an inventory-dependent threshold rule. This mission isolates the markup case, in which the second price is higher than the first.

The two-price restriction has a practical role. A seller may know the fare classes it can offer while still needing to decide when to close the promotional class. The result identifies a sequence of time thresholds that can be computed for the chosen price pair. It is therefore a structural claim about an optimal policy, not a choice of numerical prices or a claim that two prices optimize over every possible price menu.

Demand, inventory, and admissible decisions

There are n≥1n\ge1n≥1 items and t≥0t\ge0t≥0 units of time-to-go. At price pip_ipi​, sales requests follow a Poisson counting process NiN_iNi​ with rate λi\lambda_iλi​. Each request sells one item while stock remains. The paper assumes that demand falls as price rises and that the lower price has the higher revenue rate. Thus the markup case has

0<p1<p2,0<λ2<λ1,p2λ2<p1λ1.0<p_1<p_2,\qquad 0<\lambda_2<\lambda_1,\qquad p_2\lambda_2<p_1\lambda_1.0<p1​<p2​,0<λ2​<λ1​,p2​λ2​<p1​λ1​.

The salvage value at the end of the horizon is zero. A fixed switch at time s∈[0,t]s\in[0,t]s∈[0,t] charges p1p_1p1​ first and p2p_2p2​ afterwards. Its expected revenue, denoted J(n,t;s)J(n,t;s)J(n,t;s), is

J(n,t;s)=(p1−p2)∑j=1nPr⁡{N1(s)≥j}+p2∑j=1nPr⁡{N1(s)+N2(t−s)≥j}.J(n,t;s)=(p_1-p_2)\sum_{j=1}^n\Pr\{N_1(s)\ge j\} +p_2\sum_{j=1}^n\Pr\{N_1(s)+N_2(t-s)\ge j\}.J(n,t;s)=(p1​−p2​)j=1∑n​Pr{N1​(s)≥j}+p2​j=1∑n​Pr{N1​(s)+N2​(t−s)≥j}.

The two counts in the last term are independent, so their sum has Poisson mean λ1s+λ2(t−s)\lambda_1s+\lambda_2(t-s)λ1​s+λ2​(t−s). This is the expression in §3 of the paper. In particular, J(n,t;0)J(n,t;0)J(n,t;0) is the revenue from increasing the price immediately.

An admissible switching time τ\tauτ uses only the history of sales at p1p_1p1​; it lies between zero and ttt and cannot wait past stock exhaustion. The optimal value J(n,t)J(n,t)J(n,t) is the supremum of expected revenue over these stopping times. The stopping decision may react to sales before the change, but it cannot anticipate future requests. This distinction matters because a deterministic switch time generally has less information than an adaptive one.

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 2 on pp. 1382–1383. Define the switching function

G(n,t)=p1λ1−p2λ2−p2(λ1−λ2)Pr⁡{N2(t)≥n},yn=inf⁡{u≥0:G(n,u)=0}.G(n,t)=p_1\lambda_1-p_2\lambda_2 -p_2(\lambda_1-\lambda_2)\Pr\{N_2(t)\ge n\}, \qquad y_n=\inf\{u\ge0:G(n,u)=0\}.G(n,t)=p1​λ1​−p2​λ2​−p2​(λ1​−λ2​)Pr{N2​(t)≥n},yn​=inf{u≥0:G(n,u)=0}.

There are thresholds xn,znx_n,z_nxn​,zn​ with yn≤xn<zny_n\le x_n<z_nyn​≤xn​<zn​, and (zn)n≥1(z_n)_{n\ge1}(zn​)n≥1​ is increasing. A continuation premium FFF gives the value

J(n,t)={J(n,t;0)+F(n,t),t<zn,J(n,t;0),t≥zn.J(n,t)=\begin{cases} J(n,t;0)+F(n,t),&t<z_n,\\ J(n,t;0),&t\ge z_n. \end{cases}J(n,t)={J(n,t;0)+F(n,t),J(n,t;0),​t<zn​,t≥zn​.​

For n≥1n\ge1n≥1, F(n,t)=H(n,t)F(n,t)=H(n,t)F(n,t)=H(n,t) below znz_nzn​ and is zero at or above it; F(0,t)=0F(0,t)=0F(0,t)=0. The function HHH satisfies H(n,0)=0H(n,0)=0H(n,0)=0 and the differential equation ∂tH(n,t)=−λ1H(n,t)+L(n,t)\partial_tH(n,t)=-\lambda_1H(n,t)+L(n,t)∂t​H(n,t)=−λ1​H(n,t)+L(n,t), where L(n,t)=G(n,t)+λ1F(n−1,t)L(n,t)=G(n,t)+\lambda_1F(n-1,t)L(n,t)=G(n,t)+λ1​F(n−1,t). The remaining thresholds are the first nonnegative zero of L(n,⋅)L(n,\cdot)L(n,⋅) and the first positive zero of H(n,⋅)H(n,\cdot)H(n,⋅):

xn=inf⁡{u≥0:L(n,u)=0},zn=inf⁡{u>0:H(n,u)=0}.x_n=\inf\{u\ge0:L(n,u)=0\},\qquad z_n=\inf\{u>0:H(n,u)=0\}.xn​=inf{u≥0:L(n,u)=0},zn​=inf{u>0:H(n,u)=0}.

The milestones reproduce equation (17), the markup half of Lemma 2, and Lemma 1. Together they identify the Poisson derivative identity, the sign change of GGG, and the verification criterion used to relate a candidate value to optimal stopping. The paper proves the mathematical result; the mission asks for machine-checked proofs of these formal statements.

What the result supplies

The threshold sequence tells a seller when increasing the price immediately is optimal, conditional on the stock still available. The value formula also gives the benefit of continuing at the promotional price when time-to-go lies below the threshold. The statement preserves the paper's weaker word “increasing” for znz_nzn​: it asserts monotonicity and does not require strict monotonicity of either sequence. The full theorem includes the recursive equations for FFF and HHH, so a proof of a threshold-shaped region alone would leave part of the source result unformalized.

Formalization would add a reusable optimal-stopping model built from a Poisson arrival process, a fixed-switch revenue function, and a verification lemma. The arrival process already has a published definition; the switching model and the theorem statements here are new drafts. The theorem is established in the 1995 article, while its Lean proof remains to be supplied.

Where the difficulty lies

The immediate-switch comparison G(n,t)G(n,t)G(n,t) has a single sign change, but the optimal decision also depends on revenue already earned and on the value of unsold stock after each possible sale. For n>1n>1n>1, the relevant forcing term is L(n,t)=G(n,t)+λ1F(n−1,t)L(n,t)=G(n,t)+\lambda_1F(n-1,t)L(n,t)=G(n,t)+λ1​F(n−1,t), so the sign of GGG alone does not locate the optimal switching threshold. A direct fixed-time comparison likewise does not establish optimality among stopping times that react to observed sales. These are the main obstacles the formal proof must address.

Formalization scope

The Lean model uses natural-number stock, nonnegative real time, positive real prices and rates, and an imported counting process built from independent exponential interarrival times. A rate is attached to each price. The history of the first process defines the stopping-time class; the second process enters through its Poisson law after a switch. The supremum ranges over admissible stopping times, and the payoff is bounded and measurable under the stated process law. The definition writes sales before switching as min⁡(n,N1(τ))\min(n,N_1(\tau))min(n,N1​(τ)), equal almost surely to N1(τ)N_1(\tau)N1​(τ) for admissible times. The probability-measure assumption is explicit, though the exponential interarrival law entails it.

Lean assigns a default value to an empty real infimum. The theorem explicitly asserts that each defining zero set for yny_nyn​, xnx_nxn​, and znz_nzn​ is nonempty; it also keeps u>0u>0u>0 in the definition of znz_nzn​, since H(n,0)=0H(n,0)=0H(n,0)=0. Continuity of H(n,⋅)H(n,\cdot)H(n,⋅) at zero connects its boundary value to its differential equation. Lemma 1 includes its missing initial, zero-stock, obstacle, and local-Lipschitz assumptions, all required by its printed proof. The paper's word “bounded” in Lemma 2 is retained in the milestone quotation but replaced by the positive lower bound it uses; yny_nyn​ is unbounded as stock grows. These choices are recorded for review in the moderation notes.

The goal derives optimality from the demand and price assumptions. It does not assume the verification conditions, the sign change, or the revenue identity as premises. Contributions to the Poisson tail calculus, stopping-time measurability and boundedness, threshold zero sets, and verification argument are within scope and can be reused in related finite-inventory pricing models.

Selected references

  • Y. Feng and G. Gallego, Optimal Starting Times for End-of-Season Sales and Optimal Stopping Times for Promotional Fares, Management Science 41(8), 1995, pp. 1371–1391. DOI: 10.1287/mnsc.41.8.1371.
6 thms3 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationInformation TheoryOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

I-Divergence Geometry of Probability Distributions and Minimization Problems 2: Under Moment Constraints the I-Projection Exists at Every Interior Point and Has Exponential-Family DensityResearch Paper

Minimum discrimination information under moment constraints

Given a reference probability distribution RRR and a set E\mathcal EE of probability distributions, the minimum discrimination information problem asks for the member of E\mathcal EE closest to RRR in Kullback–Leibler divergence. It is the basis of Kullback's information-theoretic approach to statistics (Kullback 1959), of the maximum-entropy principle of statistical physics (Jaynes 1957), and of large-deviation theory, where Sanov's theorem identifies the rate function of an empirical distribution with exactly this minimum. The most common constraint sets are defined by prescribed expectations ∫fi dP=ai\int f_i\,dP = a_i∫fi​dP=ai​, and the classical answer is that the minimizer is an exponential family member, with density cexp⁡∑itific\exp\sum_i t_i f_icexp∑i​ti​fi​ with respect to RRR.

That answer was usually justified by Lagrange multipliers, which presuppose that a minimizer exists. Csiszár's paper (Ann. Probab. 1975) treats the problem geometrically, with I-divergence in the role of squared Euclidean distance, and its last result, Theorem 3.3, proves existence and the exponential form at once for unbounded constraint functions, under a hypothesis on the exponential moments of the fif_ifi​.

Timeline:

  • 1959: Kullback formulates the minimum discrimination information theorem: an element of E\mathcal EE of exponential form is the minimizer (a sufficient condition).
  • 1966: Kullback and Khairat (Ann. Math. Statist. 37, 1966) refine the sufficient condition.
  • 1972: Čencov proves existence of exponential-form minimizers under general conditions (Statistical Decision Rules and Optimal Inference, Theorem 23.1).
  • 1975: Csiszár proves Theorem 3.3 by the minimizing-sequence method of his Theorem 2.1; a first version of the paper assumed TR=EkT_R = E^kTR​=Ek, weakened to "TRT_RTR​ open" after Čencov's work.

Setting

All distributions (PD's) live on one measurable space (X,X)(X,\mathcal X)(X,X). The I-divergence of PPP from QQQ is

I(P∥Q)=∫log⁡pQ dP  if P≪Q,I(P∥Q)=+∞  otherwise,I(P\|Q)=\int \log p_Q\,dP\ \text{ if } P\ll Q,\qquad I(P\|Q)=+\infty\ \text{ otherwise},I(P∥Q)=∫logpQ​dP  if P≪Q,I(P∥Q)=+∞  otherwise,

where pQp_QpQ​ is the density of PPP with respect to QQQ; it takes values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and vanishes only for P=QP=QP=Q. The variation distance is ∣P−Q∣=∫∣pR−qR∣ dR|P-Q|=\int|p_R-q_R|\,dR∣P−Q∣=∫∣pR​−qR​∣dR for any PD RRR dominating both. If E\mathcal EE is a convex set of PD's containing some PPP with I(P∥R)<∞I(P\|R)<\inftyI(P∥R)<∞, a Q∈EQ\in\mathcal EQ∈E with

I(Q∥R)=min⁡P∈EI(P∥R)I(Q\|R)=\min_{P\in\mathcal E} I(P\|R)I(Q∥R)=P∈Emin​I(P∥R)

is the I-projection of RRR on E\mathcal EE.

Fix real-valued measurable functions f1,…,fkf_1,\dots,f_kf1​,…,fk​ on XXX. For a=(a1,…,ak)∈Eka=(a_1,\dots,a_k)\in E^ka=(a1​,…,ak​)∈Ek (Euclidean kkk-space) the moment set E(a)\mathcal E(a)E(a) is the set of PD's PPP with ∫fi dP=ai\int f_i\,dP=a_i∫fi​dP=ai​, i=1,…,ki=1,\dots,ki=1,…,k. Further:

  • ARA_RAR​ is the set of a∈Eka\in E^ka∈Ek for which E(a)\mathcal E(a)E(a) contains some PPP with I(P∥R)<∞I(P\|R)<\inftyI(P∥R)<∞;
  • TR={t∈Ek: exp⁡∑itifi is R-integrable}T_R=\{t\in E^k:\ \exp\sum_i t_i f_i \text{ is } R\text{-integrable}\}TR​={t∈Ek: exp∑i​ti​fi​ is R-integrable}, (3.16);
  • F(a)=inf⁡P∈E(a)I(P∥R)F(a)=\inf_{P\in\mathcal E(a)} I(P\|R)F(a)=infP∈E(a)​I(P∥R), (3.18), the optimal value as a function of the constraint levels.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3

If TRT_RTR​ is open in EkE^kEk, then for every point aaa of the interior of ARA_RAR​ the I-projection QQQ of RRR on E(a)\mathcal E(a)E(a) exists and

qR(x)=cexp⁡∑i=1ktifi(x)R-a.e.,q_R(x)=c\exp\sum_{i=1}^k t_i f_i(x)\qquad R\text{-a.e.},qR​(x)=cexpi=1∑k​ti​fi​(x)R-a.e.,

for some constant ccc and some t∈Ekt\in E^kt∈Ek.

Milestones

  1. (2.2), the parallelogram identity: I(Pm∥R)+I(Pn∥R)=2I(Pm+Pn2∥R)+I(Pm∥Pm+Pn2)+I(Pn∥Pm+Pn2)I(P_m\|R)+I(P_n\|R)=2I(\tfrac{P_m+P_n}2\|R)+I(P_m\|\tfrac{P_m+P_n}2)+I(P_n\|\tfrac{P_m+P_n}2)I(Pm​∥R)+I(Pn​∥R)=2I(2Pm​+Pn​​∥R)+I(Pm​∥2Pm​+Pn​​)+I(Pn​∥2Pm​+Pn​​).
  2. (2.4): a minimizing sequence PnP_nPn​ in a convex set converges in variation to a PD Q≪RQ\ll RQ≪R (closedness of the set is not used).
  3. Lemma 3.1: if etfe^{tf}etf is QQQ-integrable for small ∣t∣|t|∣t∣, then I(Pn∥Q)→0I(P_n\|Q)\to0I(Pn​∥Q)→0 implies ∫f dPn→∫f dQ\int f\,dP_n\to\int f\,dQ∫fdPn​→∫fdQ.
  4. (3.18): ARA_RAR​ is convex and FFF is finite and convex on ARA_RAR​.
  5. (3.19): at an interior point aaa of ARA_RAR​ there is ttt with F(b)≥F(a)+∑iti(bi−ai)F(b)\ge F(a)+\sum_i t_i(b_i-a_i)F(b)≥F(a)+∑i​ti​(bi​−ai​) for all b∈ARb\in A_Rb∈AR​.
  6. Remark, p. 158: FFF is differentiable at interior points of ARA_RAR​, and grad⁡F(a)=t\operatorname{grad}F(a)=tgradF(a)=t, the parameter vector of the I-projection.

Significance

Theorem 3.3 gives existence of maximum-entropy (minimum discrimination information) distributions under finitely many moment constraints with unbounded constraint functions, which covers the usual exponential families of statistics (normal, gamma, Poisson moment constraints) where boundedness fails. It identifies the minimizer's form without assuming a minimizer exists, and the Remark identifies the natural parameters as the gradient of the optimal value, the sensitivity interpretation of Lagrange multipliers. These facts underlie the duality between moment and natural parameters of exponential families and the rate functions of Cramér and Sanov type.

The result is proved, in this paper and (under a slightly weaker hypothesis) by Čencov. None of it is formalized: Mathlib has the Kullback–Leibler divergence of measures (InformationTheory.klDiv) and tilted measures, but no I-projection, no existence theorem for constrained minimizers of KL divergence and no exponential-form characterization. The mission produces a machine-checked version of the existence and form theorem, together with the general steps it uses (the parallelogram identity, convergence of minimizing sequences in variation, continuity of exponential-moment expectations under KL convergence).

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at the first step: the moment set E(a)\mathcal E(a)E(a) is convex but not closed in variation when the fif_ifi​ are unbounded, since ∫fi dP\int f_i\,dP∫fi​dP is not continuous in variation. A minimizing sequence therefore converges in variation to some QQQ (as in Theorem 2.1), but nothing places QQQ in E(a)\mathcal E(a)E(a): mass can escape to where ∣fi∣|f_i|∣fi​∣ is large. Ruling this out needs quantitative control of I(Pn∥Q)I(P_n\|Q)I(Pn​∥Q), which in turn requires knowing the form of QQQ before knowing QQQ is feasible; the interplay with the convexity of FFF and the openness of TRT_RTR​ is where the work lies. A Lagrange-multiplier argument is not available: it presupposes a minimizer and differentiability that are part of the conclusion.

Formalization scope

  • Probability distributions are Measure X with IsProbabilityMeasure; the I-divergence is Mathlib's klDiv : ℝ≥0∞, which for probability measures equals (1.1) with the conventions log⁡0=−∞\log 0=-\inftylog0=−∞, log⁡a0=+∞\log\frac a0=+\inftylog0a​=+∞, 0⋅(±∞)=00\cdot(\pm\infty)=00⋅(±∞)=0.
  • The variation distance uses P+QP+QP+Q as dominating measure (the page allows any dominating PD; the value is the same).
  • The I-projection carries I(Q∥R)<∞I(Q\|R)<\inftyI(Q∥R)<∞ explicitly: the page defines it only when E\mathcal EE meets {P:I(P∥R)<∞}\{P: I(P\|R)<\infty\}{P:I(P∥R)<∞}.
  • E(a)\mathcal E(a)E(a) requires PPP-integrability of every fif_ifi​, so the constraint integrals are genuine. EkE^kEk is Fin k → ℝ with its product (Euclidean) topology; "inner point" is the topological interior. k=0k=0k=0 is allowed.
  • FFF is an infimum in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (equal to ∞\infty∞ outside ARA_RAR​); statements use its real value only on ARA_RAR​, where it is finite. (3.18) prints I(P∥Q)I(P\|Q)I(P∥Q); the reference measure is RRR, as the definition of ARA_RAR​ and the proof show. (3.16) prints (t1,…,tn)(t_1,\dots,t_n)(t1​,…,tn​) for (t1,…,tk)(t_1,\dots,t_k)(t1​,…,tk​).
  • Densities are Radon–Nikodym derivatives and the form (3.2) is an RRR-almost-everywhere identity with no exceptional set of positive measure.
  • Lemma 3.1 asserts that fff is PnP_nPn​-integrable for large nnn as well as the convergence, so that ∫f dPn\int f\,dP_n∫fdPn​ is not a default value.
  • Trivializing readings are excluded: the goal asserts existence of the I-projection rather than assuming it, TRT_RTR​ is an integrability set (not a set where a junk integral is finite), and the infimum is never a real sInf over a possibly empty set.

A complete development needs: Radon–Nikodym calculus for klDiv (the identity (2.6) I(P∥R)−I(P∥Q)=∫log⁡qR dPI(P\|R)-I(P\|Q)=\int\log q_R\,dPI(P∥R)−I(P∥Q)=∫logqR​dP), Pinsker's inequality (available on the platform as a reference item), lower semicontinuity of klDiv under convergence in variation, completeness of the space of PD's in variation, and supporting hyperplanes of finite-dimensional convex functions. The KL parallelogram identity, Lemma 3.1 and the variation-distance facts are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions on any milestone, and on these infrastructure lemmas, are welcome.

Selected references

  • I. Csiszár, I-divergence geometry of probability distributions and minimization problems, Ann. Probab. 3(1), 146–158, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996454
  • S. Kullback, Information Theory and Statistics, Wiley, 1959.
  • S. Kullback and M. A. Khairat, A note on minimum discrimination information, Ann. Math. Statist. 37, 279–280, 1966.
  • E. T. Jaynes, Information theory and statistical mechanics, Phys. Rev. 106, 620–630, 1957. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRev.106.620
  • N. N. Čencov, Statistical Decision Rules and Optimal Inference (Russian), Nauka, 1972; English translation, American Mathematical Society, 1982.
  • I. N. Sanov, On the probability of large deviations of random variables (Russian), Mat. Sbornik 42, 11–44, 1957.
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
Complexity TheoryQuantum InformationTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Strengths and Weaknesses of Quantum Computing I: Relative to a Random Oracle, a Quantum Algorithm Needs Ω(2^{n/2}) Queries to Decide Whether 1ⁿ Has a PreimageResearch Paper

Motivation

Grover's algorithm (Grover 1996) finds a marked item among NNN with O(N)O(\sqrt N)O(N​) queries, a quadratic speed-up over any classical algorithm. Whether quantum computers can do substantially better on search, and so solve NP-type problems by brute force in polynomial time, was settled in the negative by Bennett, Bernstein, Brassard and Vazirani (arXiv:quant-ph/9701001, SIAM J. Comput. 26(5), 1997): relative to a random oracle, a quantum algorithm needs Ω(2n/2)\Omega(2^{n/2})Ω(2n/2) queries to decide whether a string has a preimage. The bound matches Grover's algorithm up to a constant factor, and its hybrid argument is one of the two standard lower-bound methods of the field, together with the polynomial method (Beals et al. 1998) and the adversary method (Ambainis 2000).

Timeline:

  • 1996: Grover's algorithm searches NNN items with O(N)O(\sqrt N)O(N​) queries.
  • 1997: the paper proves BQTime(o(2n/2))⊉NP\mathbf{BQTime}(o(2^{n/2})) \not\supseteq \mathbf{NP}BQTime(o(2n/2))⊇NP relative to a random oracle with probability 1 (Theorem 3.5), and the Ω(2n/3)\Omega(2^{n/3})Ω(2n/3) bound for random permutations (Theorem 3.6).
  • 1998: Boyer, Brassard, Høyer and Tapp give tight bounds for quantum searching.
  • 1999: Zalka shows Grover's algorithm is exactly optimal.

Setting

A TTT-query algorithm acts on vectors φ∈C(X∪{⊥})×R×W\varphi \in \mathbb{C}^{(X \cup \{\bot\}) \times R \times W}φ∈C(X∪{⊥})×R×W, where XXX is the set of query strings, RRR the set of answers (an additive group) and WWW a finite workspace. A basis configuration (x,z,w)(x, z, w)(x,z,w) with x∈Xx \in Xx∈X is querying xxx; (⊥,z,w)(\bot, z, w)(⊥,z,w) is not querying. For an oracle f:X→Rf : X \to Rf:X→R the oracle operator is

Of ∣x,z,w⟩=∣x,z+f(x),w⟩,Of ∣⊥,z,w⟩=∣⊥,z,w⟩.O_f\,|x, z, w\rangle = |x, z + f(x), w\rangle, \qquad O_f\,|\bot, z, w\rangle = |\bot, z, w\rangle .Of​∣x,z,w⟩=∣x,z+f(x),w⟩,Of​∣⊥,z,w⟩=∣⊥,z,w⟩.

The algorithm consists of a unit vector φ0\varphi_0φ0​, unitaries U0,…,UT−1U_0, \dots, U_{T-1}U0​,…,UT−1​ that do not depend on the oracle, and a set of accepting configurations. With oracle AAA its states are φi+1=UiOAφi\varphi_{i+1} = U_i O_A \varphi_iφi+1​=Ui​OA​φi​; the acceptance probability is the squared norm of the accepting part of φT\varphi_TφT​. The query magnitude of yyy in φ\varphiφ is qy(φ)=∑z,w∣φ(y,z,w)∣2q_y(\varphi) = \sum_{z, w} |\varphi(y, z, w)|^2qy​(φ)=∑z,w​∣φ(y,z,w)∣2 (Definition 3.2). The algorithm decides a property if it accepts with probability at least 2/32/32/3 when the property holds and at most 1/31/31/3 when it fails.

In the main theorem X=R={0,1}nX = R = \{0,1\}^nX=R={0,1}n with bitwise addition, and the oracle is a uniformly random function A:{0,1}n→{0,1}nA : \{0,1\}^n \to \{0,1\}^nA:{0,1}n→{0,1}n. The question is whether 1n1^n1n belongs to LA={y:∃x A(x)=y}\mathcal{L}_A = \{y : \exists x\ A(x) = y\}LA​={y:∃x A(x)=y}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.5 (finite form)

∃ c>0 ∃N ∀n≥N ∀M with T≤c 2n/2 queries:Pr⁡A[MA fails to decide ∃x A(x)=1n]≥18.\exists\, c > 0\ \exists N\ \forall n \ge N\ \forall M \text{ with } T \le c\, 2^{n/2} \text{ queries}: \quad \Pr_A\bigl[M^A \text{ fails to decide } \exists x\ A(x) = 1^n\bigr] \ge \tfrac18 .∃c>0 ∃N ∀n≥N ∀M with T≤c2n/2 queries:APr​[MA fails to decide ∃x A(x)=1n]≥81​.

The constant is existential, matching the theorem's hypothesis T(n)=o(2n/2)T(n) = o(2^{n/2})T(n)=o(2n/2); ccc and NNN do not depend on the workspace or the algorithm.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 3.1: unit vectors at distance ε\varepsilonε have measurement distributions within total variation 4ε4\varepsilon4ε.
  2. Theorem 3.3 (corrected): changing oracle answers on time–string pairs of total query magnitude ≤ε2/T\le \varepsilon^2/T≤ε2/T moves the final state by at most 2ε2\varepsilon2ε.
  3. Corollary 3.4 (corrected): outside a set of at most 4T2/ε24T^2/\varepsilon^24T2/ε2 strings, changing the oracle at one string moves the final state by at most ε\varepsilonε.
  4. Pr⁡[1n has no preimage]=((2n−1)/2n)2n≥1/4\Pr[1^n \text{ has no preimage}] = ((2^n-1)/2^n)^{2^n} \ge 1/4Pr[1n has no preimage]=((2n−1)/2n)2n≥1/4.
  5. Pr⁡[1n has a unique preimage]=((2n−1)/2n)2n−1≥1/e\Pr[1^n \text{ has a unique preimage}] = ((2^n-1)/2^n)^{2^n-1} \ge 1/ePr[1n has a unique preimage]=((2n−1)/2n)2n−1≥1/e.
  6. Final states within 1/131/131/13 for AAA and AyA_yAy​ force failure on one of them.
  7. The double counting: failing oracles with a unique preimage are at least half the successful oracles with none.

Significance

The theorem shows that the quadratic speed-up of Grover's algorithm cannot be improved for unstructured search, and that relative to a random oracle NP⊈BQP\mathbf{NP} \not\subseteq \mathbf{BQP}NP⊆BQP; any quantum algorithm for NP-complete problems must use the structure of the problem. Theorem 3.3 and Corollary 3.4 isolate the constraint unitary evolution places on "quantum parallelism" and are reused across quantum lower bounds, including the permutation bound of the companion mission (Theorem 3.6).

The results are proved on paper and, to our knowledge, have no machine-checked proof. The mission produces a formal query model with an XOR oracle, a formal hybrid argument, and the lower bound with its constants checked. Two printed bounds are wrong by constant factors (below); the formal statements carry the corrected constants, and a formal proof settles them. Grover's matching upper bound is on the platform as Grover.search_succeeds_bounded, for a phase oracle and one fixed algorithm.

Difficulty

The obvious argument — each query reveals one bit about where the preimage is, so Ω(2n)\Omega(2^n)Ω(2n) queries are needed — fails for quantum algorithms, which query all strings in superposition at once. The difficulty is to bound how much a superposition of queries can learn, which requires controlling the accumulated effect of small changes across TTT unitary steps, and then converting a bound on states into a statement about the probability of failure over random oracles, where the set of sensitive strings depends on the oracle.

Formalization scope

The paper's oracle quantum Turing machines are replaced by the query model above, the model its proofs use. Every oracle QTM running TTT steps is a TTT-query algorithm: oracle answers on lengths other than nnn are fixed and absorbed into the unitaries, as the proof fixes them, and the input 1n1^n1n is absorbed into φ0\varphi_0φ0​. Queries return the full value A(x)∈{0,1}nA(x) \in \{0,1\}^nA(x)∈{0,1}n; one Boolean query is two full-value queries, so the goal implies the Boolean-oracle bound with ccc halved. Strings are Fin n → ZMod 2; states are EuclideanSpace ℂ (Option X × R × W); probabilities over oracles are counting fractions over all (2n)2n(2^n)^{2^n}(2n)2n functions; total variation distance is the paper's ∑x∣D(x)−D′(x)∣\sum_x |\mathcal D(x) - \mathcal D'(x)|∑x​∣D(x)−D′(x)∣ without the factor 1/21/21/2.

Corrections: Theorem 3.3 is printed with conclusion ≤ε\le \varepsilon≤ε, which fails (one query string, T=1T = 1T=1, distance 222 at ε=1\varepsilon = 1ε=1; machine-checked); the true bound is 2ε2\varepsilon2ε. Corollary 3.4 is printed with ∣S∣≤2T2/ε2|S| \le 2T^2/\varepsilon^2∣S∣≤2T2/ε2, which fails (16 strings, T=1T = 1T=1, ε=0.45\varepsilon = 0.45ε=0.45); the true bound is 4T2/ε24T^2/\varepsilon^24T2/ε2. The printed constant T(n)≤2n/2/20T(n) \le 2^{n/2}/20T(n)≤2n/2/20 in the proof of Theorem 3.5 does not support the step 2n−card(S)≥2n−12^n - \mathrm{card}(S) \ge 2^{n-1}2n−card(S)≥2n−1 even with the paper's own count; the goal states an existential constant, and c=1/37c = 1/37c=1/37 works with the corrected Corollary 3.4. The closing probability-111 argument over countably many machines and the class statement about BQTime\mathbf{BQTime}BQTime are not formalized.

A formalization in which algorithms query at every step on every branch (no ⊥\bot⊥ sector), only one side of the bounded-error condition is tested, or the probability is taken over a set of oracles that excludes the hard instances, proves a weaker theorem and is ruled out by these definitions.

Needed infrastructure: norms of finite-dimensional complex vectors, unitaries as linear isometry equivalences, finite counting of functions. The query model and the hybrid argument are reusable for any quantum query lower bound.

Selected references

  • C. H. Bennett, E. Bernstein, G. Brassard, U. Vazirani, Strengths and weaknesses of quantum computing, SIAM J. Comput. 26(5):1510–1523, 1997. arXiv:quant-ph/9701001
  • L. K. Grover, A fast quantum mechanical algorithm for database search, STOC 1996. arXiv:quant-ph/9605043
  • M. Boyer, G. Brassard, P. Høyer, A. Tapp, Tight bounds on quantum searching, Fortschr. Phys. 46, 1998. arXiv:quant-ph/9605034
  • C. Zalka, Grover's quantum searching algorithm is optimal, Phys. Rev. A 60, 1999. arXiv:quant-ph/9711070
  • R. Beals, H. Buhrman, R. Cleve, M. Mosca, R. de Wolf, Quantum lower bounds by polynomials, J. ACM 48, 2001. arXiv:quant-ph/9802049
  • A. Ambainis, Quantum lower bounds by quantum arguments, J. Comput. Syst. Sci. 64, 2002. arXiv:quant-ph/0002066
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
Computational GeometryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Concentration of Measure and Isoperimetric Inequalities in Product Spaces XII: The Euclidean Traveling Salesman Problem — P(|L_N − M| ≥ t) ≤ K e^{−t²/K} for N Uniform Points in the SquareTextbook

Motivation

The Euclidean traveling salesman problem asks for the shortest closed route through a finite set of points in the plane. Even when the points are placed independently and uniformly in a square, finding an individual shortest route is computationally difficult. A separate probabilistic question is whether the optimal length varies much from one random sample to another. In Chapter 11 of Talagrand's 1995 paper, this question motivates a concentration theorem for the tour length and for other geometric functionals with the same local regularity property.

The result is useful because a bound on fluctuations can be applied without computing the distribution of the optimal tour length. It separates the typical size of the length, which may need other geometric estimates, from the chance of a substantial deviation. The paper develops a more general concentration method for product spaces; the geometric chapter shows how its estimates can control an optimization problem whose response to changing one sample point depends strongly on the local configuration.

Setting

Let Q=[0,1]2Q=[0,1]^2Q=[0,1]2, and let X1,…,XNX_1,\ldots,X_NX1​,…,XN​ be independent points uniformly distributed in QQQ, with N≥1N\ge1N≥1. A configuration is the finite set F={X1,…,XN}F=\{X_1,\ldots,X_N\}F={X1​,…,XN​}; repeated sample locations are represented once in FFF. For any finite F⊆QF\subseteq QF⊆Q, write T(F)T(F)T(F) for the length of a shortest closed tour visiting every point of FFF. The tour length of the random sample is TN=T(F)T_N=T(F)TN​=T(F). The empty set and a singleton have tour length zero.

The main theorem concerns a functional LLL on all finite subsets of QQQ. A level k≥1k\ge1k≥1 dyadic square CCC has side 2−k2^{-k}2−k. Say that LLL has regularity constant K0>0K_0>0K0​>0 when, for every finite FFF and every finite G⊆CG\subseteq CG⊆C, if a point of FFF lies within Euclidean distance 2−k+22^{-k+2}2−k+2 of CCC, then

L(F)≤L(F∪G)≤L(F)+K0,2−k∣G∣.L(F)\le L(F\cup G)\le L(F)+K_0,2^{-k}\sqrt{|G|}.L(F)≤L(F∪G)≤L(F)+K0​,2−k∣G∣​.

The first inequality is monotonicity under adding points. The second limits the added cost when the new points lie in a small square near an existing point. Lemma 11.2.1 says that the shortest tour functional TTT has this property with a universal constant. In particular, the functional in the main theorem is not an arbitrary real function on samples: it must obey this condition for every admissible square and pair of finite sets.

A median MMM of L(F)L(F)L(F) is any real number for which both P(L(F)≤M)P(L(F)\le M)P(L(F)≤M) and P(L(F)≥M)P(L(F)\ge M)P(L(F)≥M) are at least one half. The theorem applies to every median. This convention avoids selecting one median when the distribution has more than one.

For the intermediate geometric estimates, k0k_0k0​ is the largest integer with 22k0≤N2^{2k_0}\le N22k0​≤N. Given a deviation parameter ttt, k1k_1k1​ is the integer selected by the criterion (11.1.9) after the paper sets the auxiliary Poisson intensity to N/8N/8N/8. The number mkm_kmk​ counts level kkk squares that contain at most N2−2k−6N2^{-2k-6}N2−2k−6 distinct sample points. An isolation weight α(x)\alpha(x)α(x) records the largest scale between k1k_1k1​ and k0k_0k0​ at which the square containing xxx contains at most N2−2k−7N2^{-2k-7}N2−2k−7 sample points, and equals 2−k02^{-k_0}2−k0​ if no such scale exists.

Formalization targets

Gaussian concentration for regular geometric functionals

For each fixed K0>0K_0>0K0​>0, there is a constant K>0K>0K>0, independent of NNN and LLL, such that every measurable LLL with the regularity property above satisfies, for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0,

P(∣L(F)−M∣≥t)≤Kexp⁡(−t2/K).P\bigl(|L(F)-M|\ge t\bigr)\le K\exp(-t^2/K).P(∣L(F)−M∣≥t)≤Kexp(−t2/K).

This is Theorem 11.2.2, the goal. Its constant may depend on the fixed regularity constant K0K_0K0​. Lemma 11.2.1 makes the tour length a direct instance. The milestone list also includes the quantitative sparse-square estimate of Proposition 11.1.4, the isolation-weight bound of Proposition 11.2.3, and the deterministic insertion estimate of Proposition 11.2.5. These retain the paper's specified thresholds and the dependency of their constants.

Significance

For TNT_NTN​, the result supplies a tail bound whose scale does not grow with the number of sample points. It says that the shortest tour length lies near a median with a Gaussian-form upper bound on the probability of a deviation. It does not identify the median or give an algorithm for finding the optimal tour. The abstract form also covers other finite-set functionals once their local regularity condition is established.

The paper proves these claims in ordinary mathematics. This mission asks for machine-checked proofs of the stated concentration, geometric occupancy, and tour-insertion results. The reusable outputs include a finite-set model of Euclidean tours and a precise interface for local regularity; the dyadic occupancy and isolation-weight definitions can support later sections on other geometric structures. No machine-checked proof of these specific chapter results is claimed here.

Difficulty

A naive bounded-differences estimate treats the effect of changing a sample point as if a single fixed worst-case insertion cost applied everywhere. That loses the paper's uniform fluctuation scale: a point can be unusually isolated, and its insertion cost can be much larger than the cost near a typical dense cluster. The central problem is to keep track of those irregular locations while retaining a bound uniform in NNN. The chapter's dyadic-square counts and isolation weights make this difficulty explicit in the statements.

Formalization scope

Points are pairs of real coordinates constrained to [0,1][0,1][0,1], represented as functions on Fin 2. Their distance is the Euclidean ℓ2\ell^2ℓ2 distance, defined explicitly; the default norm on a Lean function space would give a different metric. The random sample is a product of coordinatewise uniform probability measures. FFF is the set of distinct sampled locations, so ties have a defined value. Tour length is the minimum cyclic tour cost over the finite set, using the published generic metric-TSP tour model as its base.

Dyadic squares are closed in the local regularity condition. For the single square assigned to a point in the definition of α\alphaα, the implementation uses half-open cells, with the right endpoint 111 assigned to the final cell. This resolves only grid-line ties, which have probability zero under the stated sample law. Counts use distinct locations, as does the paper's set FFF. All probability inequalities are compared in the extended nonnegative reals. The event bound is written with ENNReal.ofReal; a negative formal lower bound represents the paper's trivial probability lower bound. The main theorem explicitly assumes measurability of the sample functional, following the paper's convention that all relevant functions are measurable. Theorems in Section 11.1 retain t≥1t\ge1t≥1 and t≤N/Kt\le\sqrt N/Kt≤N​/K; the main theorem covers every t≥0t\ge0t≥0.

The formalization must not replace the square's uniform law by an arbitrary distribution, use a supremum-norm tour, or place the existential constant after NNN or LLL. Contributions toward the goal may develop measure-theoretic facts about the product law, finite Euclidean tours, dyadic occupancy bounds, or the insertion estimate. Those interfaces have uses beyond this chapter.

Selected references

  • Michel Talagrand, Concentration of measure and isoperimetric inequalities in product spaces, Publications Mathématiques de l'IHÉS 81 (1995), 73–205. DOI: 10.1007/BF02699376.
7 thms3 active usersReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsOperations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Some Aspects of the Sequential Design of Experiments II: Staying on Heads and Switching on Tails Loses at Most 3 − 2√2 per Toss in the Long RunResearch Paper

Motivation

In 1952 Herbert Robbins asked how a statistician should draw a sample sequentially from two populations when the goal is the largest possible expected total, not a test or an estimate after the fact (Robbins 1952). This is the problem now called the two-armed bandit, and Robbins' paper is the usual starting point of the multi-armed bandit literature that underlies clinical-trial allocation, adaptive experimentation and online recommendation (Lattimore and Szepesvári 2020).

Robbins illustrated the problem with two coins. His first concrete rule, "stay on heads, switch on tails" (later known as win-stay, lose-shift or play the winner), uses only the outcome of the last toss, yet its long-run loss relative to an observer who knows the better coin is at most 3−23/2≈0.1723-2^{3/2}\approx 0.1723−23/2≈0.172 per toss, against 1/21/21/2 for a rule that ignores the outcomes. The same rule was studied again in clinical-trial design as "play the winner" (Zelen 1969).

Timeline. 1952: Robbins computes the operating characteristics of the stay-or-switch rule R1R_1R1​ and of the outcome-blind rule R0R_0R0​ for two coins, and shows that a greedy rule with sparse forced sampling attains max⁡(α,β)\max(\alpha,\beta)max(α,β) for arbitrary populations with finite means (Section 2). 1969: Zelen proposes the play-the-winner rule for clinical trials. 1985: Lai and Robbins give the logarithmic lower bound on regret and rules that attain it (Lai and Robbins 1985).

Setting

Two coins AAA and BBB have unknown head probabilities α\alphaα and β\betaβ, with 0≤α,β≤10\le\alpha,\beta\le10≤α,β≤1. A head pays \1,atailpaysnothing.If, a tail pays nothing. If ,atailpaysnothing.Ifx_i\in{0,1}isthepayoffoftheis the payoff of theisthepayoffofthei−thtoss,-th toss, −thtoss,S_n=x_1+\dots+x_nisthetotalreceivedafteris the total received afteristhetotalreceivedafterntosses.Intheformaldevelopmentthepairofcoinsisa∗∗two−armedstochasticbandit∗∗:armtosses. In the formal development the pair of coins is a **two-armed stochastic bandit**: armtosses.Intheformaldevelopmentthepairofcoinsisa∗∗two−armedstochasticbandit∗∗:arm0iscoinis coiniscoinA,withpayofflaw, with payoff law ,withpayofflaw(1-\alpha)\delta_0+\alpha\delta_1,andarm, and arm ,andarm1iscoinis coiniscoinB,withpayofflaw, with payoff law ,withpayofflaw(1-\beta)\delta_0+\beta\delta_1$.

A sampling rule chooses the coin for each toss from the outcomes of the earlier tosses. Two rules are studied.

  • Rule R1R_1R1​. For the first toss choose AAA or BBB at random. Then, for i=1,2,…i=1,2,\dotsi=1,2,…, if the iii-th toss results in heads, use the same coin for the (i+1)(i+1)(i+1)-th toss; if it results in tails, switch to the other coin.
  • Rule R0R_0R0​. Choose one of the two coins at random and then use it for every toss.

Write pip_ipi​ for the probability of heads on the iii-th toss under the rule in use, and E(Sn/n)\mathrm E(S_n/n)E(Sn​/n) for the expected average payoff of the first nnn tosses. The paper's two parameters are

γ=α+β2,δ=∣α−β∣2,\gamma=\frac{\alpha+\beta}{2},\qquad \delta=\frac{|\alpha-\beta|}{2},γ=2α+β​,δ=2∣α−β∣​,

so that max⁡(α,β)=γ+δ\max(\alpha,\beta)=\gamma+\deltamax(α,β)=γ+δ is the expected payoff per toss of an observer who knows the better coin. Following the paper, α\alphaα and β\betaβ are assumed not both 000 and not both 111; then ∣α+β−1∣<1|\alpha+\beta-1|<1∣α+β−1∣<1.

Formalization targets

Goal: the asymptotic loss of R1R_1R1​ and its maximum

Under R1R_1R1​,

lim⁡n→∞E ⁣(Snn)=γ+δ21−γ,L(A,B,R1)=lim⁡n→∞[max⁡(α,β)−E ⁣(Snn)]=δ[1−δ1−γ],\lim_{n\to\infty}\mathrm E\!\left(\frac{S_n}{n}\right)=\gamma+\frac{\delta^2}{1-\gamma}, \qquad L(A,B,R_1)=\lim_{n\to\infty}\left[\max(\alpha,\beta)-\mathrm E\!\left(\frac{S_n}{n}\right)\right]=\delta\left[1-\frac{\delta}{1-\gamma}\right],n→∞lim​E(nSn​​)=γ+1−γδ2​,L(A,B,R1​)=n→∞lim​[max(α,β)−E(nSn​​)]=δ[1−1−γδ​],

and for every admissible pair of coins

0≤L(A,B,R1)≤M1=3−23/2,0\le L(A,B,R_1)\le M_1=3-2^{3/2},0≤L(A,B,R1​)≤M1​=3−23/2,

with equality at α=0, β=2−21/2\alpha=0,\ \beta=2-2^{1/2}α=0, β=2−21/2 and at α=2−21/2, β=0\alpha=2-2^{1/2},\ \beta=0α=2−21/2, β=0 (Eqs. (6), (8) and the text after (8), p. 531).

Milestones, in the order of the argument

  1. Eq. (2): pi+1=(α+β−1)pi+(α+β−2αβ)p_{i+1}=(\alpha+\beta-1)p_i+(\alpha+\beta-2\alpha\beta)pi+1​=(α+β−1)pi​+(α+β−2αβ) for i≥1i\ge1i≥1.
  2. Eq. (3): the closed form pi=(α+β−1)i−1[p1−c]+cp_i=(\alpha+\beta-1)^{i-1}\bigl[p_1-c\bigr]+cpi​=(α+β−1)i−1[p1​−c]+c with c=(α+β−2αβ)/(2−(α+β))c=(\alpha+\beta-2\alpha\beta)/(2-(\alpha+\beta))c=(α+β−2αβ)/(2−(α+β)).
  3. Eqs. (4)–(5): lim⁡ipi=c=γ+δ2/(1−γ)\lim_i p_i=c=\gamma+\delta^2/(1-\gamma)limi​pi​=c=γ+δ2/(1−γ).
  4. Eq. (6): both E(Sn/n)\mathrm E(S_n/n)E(Sn​/n) and (p1+⋯+pn)/n(p_1+\dots+p_n)/n(p1​+⋯+pn​)/n have the stated limit.
  5. Eqs. (7)–(8) and M1M_1M1​: max⁡(α,β)=γ+δ\max(\alpha,\beta)=\gamma+\deltamax(α,β)=γ+δ and 0≤δ[1−δ/(1−γ)]≤3−23/20\le\delta[1-\delta/(1-\gamma)]\le 3-2^{3/2}0≤δ[1−δ/(1−γ)]≤3−23/2, with the two maximizers.
  6. Rule R0R_0R0​: L(A,B,R0)=δL(A,B,R_0)=\deltaL(A,B,R0​)=δ, whose maximum over the admissible pairs is M0=1/2M_0=1/2M0​=1/2, at (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) and (1,0)(1,0)(1,0).

Significance

The result. The goal quantifies how much an extremely simple adaptive rule recovers. A rule blind to outcomes loses up to half a dollar per toss; one bit of memory cuts the worst case to about 0.1720.1720.172. Robbins used this comparison to argue that the sequential design problem has nontrivial, computable answers, and to motivate the forced-sampling rule Rˉ\bar RRˉ of the same section, whose loss tends to 000. The closed forms (3)–(6) are the exact operating characteristics of the four-state Markov chain (coin,outcome)(\text{coin},\text{outcome})(coin,outcome) that R1R_1R1​ generates.

Formalizing it. The results are classical and elementary on paper, but none of them has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a verified chain from the canonical bandit measure to an explicit long-run payoff: the head probability of a fixed toss is computed from the law of the whole trajectory, the recursion is derived from the rule's kernels, and the Cesàro limit closes the argument. The same pattern applies to any finite-memory bandit rule, and the coin bandit and the two rules are reusable test cases for the platform's bandit library. No platform theorem states R1R_1R1​, its recursion or its loss; other two-state models on the platform (a Markov-renewal gain rate, an MDP gadget) are different objects.

Difficulty

The recursion (2) is a statement about the trajectory law, not about a Markov chain given in advance: the chain (coini,xi)(\text{coin}_i,x_i)(coini​,xi​) has to be extracted from the Ionescu–Tulcea construction of the bandit measure, where the coin of toss i+1i+1i+1 is a deterministic function of toss iii and the payoff is drawn from the chosen coin's law. The head probability alone is not a Markov chain: pi+1p_{i+1}pi+1​ depends on the joint law of coin and outcome at toss iii, so a naive one-step argument on pip_ipi​ does not apply, and the affine form of (2) is a property of this particular rule. The maximization in (8) is over a two-dimensional region whose maximizers lie on the boundary α=0\alpha=0α=0 or β=0\beta=0β=0, and the excluded corners are exactly where the formula δ/(1−γ)\delta/(1-\gamma)δ/(1−γ) breaks down.

Formalization scope

The bandit is the published BanditAlgorithm.StochasticBandit 2; the rules are policies of the published type BanditPolicy 2, and probabilities and expectations are taken under the published infinite-horizon measure banditTrajMeasure, whose coordinate ttt is toss t+1t+1t+1. Head probabilities are elements of unitInterval. The conventions committed to are:

  • "At random" for the first coin of R1R_1R1​ and R0R_0R0​ is the fair choice, probability 1/21/21/2 each.
  • Heads is the payoff value 111; pip_ipi​ is defined for i≥1i\ge1i≥1 and every statement quantifies over i≥1i\ge1i≥1 or n≥1n\ge1n≥1.
  • "Not both 000 or both 111" is the hypothesis ¬(α=0∧β=0)∧¬(α=1∧β=1)\neg(\alpha=0\wedge\beta=0)\wedge\neg(\alpha=1\wedge\beta=1)¬(α=0∧β=0)∧¬(α=1∧β=1), never 0<α0<\alpha0<α or α<1\alpha<1α<1, which would remove the maximizer α=0\alpha=0α=0. Robbins states it immediately before Eq. (2), and the Lean carries it through the probability and loss results.
  • The paper's "lim⁡E(Sn/n)=lim⁡(p1+⋯+pn)/n\lim E(S_n/n)=\lim (p_1+\dots+p_n)/nlimE(Sn​/n)=lim(p1​+⋯+pn​)/n" is stated as convergence of both sequences to the same value.
  • "L(A,B,R1)L(A,B,R_1)L(A,B,R1​) has its maximum value M1M_1M1​ when …" is read as: L≤M1L\le M_1L≤M1​ for every admissible (α,β)(\alpha,\beta)(α,β), and L=M1L=M_1L=M1​ at both named points ("or vice versa").
  • 23/22^{3/2}23/2 is written 222\sqrt222​. The numerical asides (≈.172\approx .172≈.172, ≈.586\approx .586≈.586, "17.2 cents") are not formalized, nor is the "tossing the two coins alternately" variant of R0R_0R0​.

The asymptotic loss is stated as the limit of max⁡(α,β)−E(Sn/n)\max(\alpha,\beta)-\mathrm E(S_n/n)max(α,β)−E(Sn​/n); defining LLL by its closed form would make the goal a tautology. Likewise, the head probabilities are computed from the law of the rule on the coins: positing a sequence that satisfies (2) would drop the probabilistic content.

A complete development needs: the one-dimensional marginals of banditTrajMeasure (the law of coordinate t+1t+1t+1 given the prefix), the joint law of (coin, payoff) at each toss, linearity of expectation for bounded payoffs, a Cesàro-mean lemma, and a short two-variable optimization. The trajectory-marginal lemmas are reusable for every bandit mission on the platform; contributions that prove them in general are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Robbins, Some aspects of the sequential design of experiments, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 58(5) (1952), 527–535. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9904-1952-09620-8
  • M. Zelen, Play the winner rule and the controlled clinical trial, J. Amer. Statist. Assoc. 64 (1969), 131–146. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1969.10500959
  • T. L. Lai and H. Robbins, Asymptotically efficient adaptive allocation rules, Adv. Appl. Math. 6 (1985), 4–22. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-8858(85)90002-8
  • T. Lattimore and C. Szepesvári, Bandit Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108571401
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Processes Occurring in the Theory of Queues and their Analysis by the Method of the Imbedded Markov Chain: In GI/M/s, a Positive Wait Is Exponential and a Positive Queue GeometricResearch Paper

Motivation

A many-server queue in which customers arrive at the epochs of a renewal process and are served for exponential times is the basic model of a telephone exchange, a call centre, or a bank of identical machines. Its continuous-time queue-length process is not Markovian unless the arrivals are Poisson, so Erlang's birth–death formulas for M/M/s do not apply. In 1953 D. G. Kendall showed how to analyse such systems by the method of the imbedded Markov chain: observe the system only at the arrival epochs, where the number of customers present does form a Markov chain, and read the equilibrium behaviour off that chain (Kendall 1953).

Timeline:

  • Erlang (1908–1929) treated M/M/s, where the queue length is itself Markovian.
  • Kendall (1951) treated M/G/1 by a chain imbedded at departure epochs.
  • W. L. Smith (Kendall's ref. [19]) observed that for a single server, under restrictions on the input law, exponential service gives an exponential waiting time apart from an atom at zero.
  • Kendall (1953), this paper, treated GI/M/s for every input law and every number of servers sss, and showed that Smith's restrictions are unnecessary.
  • Foster (1953) gave the criterion for ergodicity of a denumerable chain through a summable invariant vector, which is the step Kendall's argument relies on.

Setting

Customers arrive with independent inter-arrival times of law AAA on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and mean aaa, 0<a<∞0<a<\infty0<a<∞. There are s≥1s\ge 1s≥1 servers and a single queue served first come, first served. Service times are independent of one another and of the input, negative-exponential with mean bbb, 0<b<∞0<b<\infty0<b<∞. The relative traffic intensity is ρ=b/(sa)\rho=b/(sa)ρ=b/(sa).

The state of the imbedded chain at an arrival epoch is the number i∈{0,1,2,… }i\in\{0,1,2,\dots\}i∈{0,1,2,…} of persons found ahead (waiting or in service) by the arriving customer. Its transition matrix P=[pij]P=[p_{ij}]P=[pij​] of eq. (8) is given in three blocks, written with the death-process probabilities [n∣m]=∫0∞(mn)(1−e−u/b)ne−(m−n)u/b dA(u)[n\mid m]=\int_0^\infty\binom{m}{n}(1-e^{-u/b})^n e^{-(m-n)u/b}\,dA(u)[n∣m]=∫0∞​(nm​)(1−e−u/b)ne−(m−n)u/bdA(u) of (9)–(10), the probabilities {n∣s;m}\{n\mid s;m\}{n∣s;m} of (11)–(12), and the Poisson probabilities (n∣s)=∫0∞e−su/b(su/b)n/n! dA(u)(n\mid s)=\int_0^\infty e^{-su/b}(su/b)^n/n!\,dA(u)(n∣s)=∫0∞​e−su/b(su/b)n/n!dA(u) of (13)–(14):

pij={(i+1−j∣s)j≥s, j≤i+1,[ i+1−j∣i+1 ]i<s, j<s, j≤i+1,{s−j∣s; i−s+1}i≥s, j<s,0j>i+1.p_{ij}=\begin{cases}(i+1-j\mid s) & j\ge s,\ j\le i+1,\\ [\,i+1-j\mid i+1\,] & i<s,\ j<s,\ j\le i+1,\\ \{s-j\mid s;\,i-s+1\} & i\ge s,\ j<s,\\ 0 & j>i+1.\end{cases}pij​=⎩⎨⎧​(i+1−j∣s)[i+1−j∣i+1]{s−j∣s;i−s+1}0​j≥s, j≤i+1,i<s, j<s, j≤i+1,i≥s, j<s,j>i+1.​

The key function is

F(λ)=∫0∞e−(1−λ)su/b dA(u).F(\lambda)=\int_0^\infty e^{-(1-\lambda)su/b}\,dA(u).F(λ)=∫0∞​e−(1−λ)su/bdA(u).

The queue size met by an arrival is Q=max⁡(i−s,0)Q=\max(i-s,0)Q=max(i−s,0). The waiting time www is, given iii, the sum of k=max⁡(i−s+1,0)k=\max(i-s+1,0)k=max(i−s+1,0) independent exponential variables of mean b/sb/sb/s.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem IV (p. 350)

When ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 the chain has a limiting distribution π\piπ, and with λ\lambdaλ the root of F(λ)=λF(\lambda)=\lambdaF(λ)=λ in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) and c=b/(s(1−λ))c=b/(s(1-\lambda))c=b/(s(1−λ)),

Pr⁡(Q=n∣Q>0)=(1−λ)λn−1 (n≥1),Pr⁡(w>t∣w>0)=e−t/c (t≥0),\Pr(Q=n\mid Q>0)=(1-\lambda)\lambda^{n-1}\ (n\ge1),\qquad \Pr(w>t\mid w>0)=e^{-t/c}\ (t\ge0),Pr(Q=n∣Q>0)=(1−λ)λn−1 (n≥1),Pr(w>t∣w>0)=e−t/c (t≥0),

with both conditioning events of positive probability. The goal fixes no constant beyond those the theorem names: λ\lambdaλ and ccc are determined by AAA, bbb and sss.

Milestones

  • The matrix is stochastic (p. 349), and the chain is irreducible and aperiodic (p. 347).
  • The coefficients (n∣s)(n\mid s)(n∣s) are positive, sum to one and have mean 1/ρ1/\rho1/ρ; F(λ)=∑n(n∣s)λnF(\lambda)=\sum_n (n\mid s)\lambda^nF(λ)=∑n​(n∣s)λn; for ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 the equation F(λ)=λF(\lambda)=\lambdaF(λ)=λ has a unique root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) (p. 348–349).
  • For the trial vector x=[μ0,…,μs−2,1,λ,λ2,… ]x=[\mu_0,\dots,\mu_{s-2},1,\lambda,\lambda^2,\dots]x=[μ0​,…,μs−2​,1,λ,λ2,…] (15): the invariance equations for j≥sj\ge sj≥s are equivalent to F(λ)=λF(\lambda)=\lambdaF(λ)=λ; those for 1≤j≤s−11\le j\le s-11≤j≤s−1 determine the μ\muμ's; the one for j=0j=0j=0 follows from the row sums (pp. 348–349).
  • A nonnull absolutely summable invariant vector makes the chain ergodic, and normalized it is the limiting distribution (p. 348).
  • Theorem I: for ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 the chain is irreducible and ergodic, and πj=Cλj−(s−1)\pi_j=C\lambda^{j-(s-1)}πj​=Cλj−(s−1) for j≥s−1j\ge s-1j≥s−1.
  • Theorem II: Pr⁡(Q=0)=α=∑μ+1+λ∑μ+1/(1−λ)\Pr(Q=0)=\alpha=\dfrac{\sum\mu+1+\lambda}{\sum\mu+1/(1-\lambda)}Pr(Q=0)=α=∑μ+1/(1−λ)∑μ+1+λ​ and Pr⁡(w=0)=β=∑μ+1∑μ+1/(1−λ)\Pr(w=0)=\beta=\dfrac{\sum\mu+1}{\sum\mu+1/(1-\lambda)}Pr(w=0)=β=∑μ+1/(1−λ)∑μ+1​.
  • Theorem III: E(Q)=(1−α)/(1−λ)E(Q)=(1-\alpha)/(1-\lambda)E(Q)=(1−α)/(1−λ) and E(w)/b=(1−β)/(s(1−λ))E(w)/b=(1-\beta)/(s(1-\lambda))E(w)/b=(1−β)/(s(1−λ)).
  • Eq. (27): for M/M/s the root is λ=ρ\lambda=\rhoλ=ρ.

Significance

Theorem IV says that, whatever the input law and the number of servers, the part of the equilibrium waiting-time law away from zero is exponential and the part of the queue-size law away from zero is geometric, both governed by the single number λ\lambdaλ. All equilibrium quantities of GI/M/s (Theorems II–III and the delay distribution) then reduce to computing λ\lambdaλ from a one-dimensional equation and the finitely many μ\muμ's from a triangular linear system. This is the standard textbook treatment of G/M/c queues and the template for many later matrix-geometric results.

The results are proved in the paper, partly by appeal to Feller's theory of denumerable chains and to "tedious but elementary" verifications. None of them is machine-checked. The mission formalizes the paper's chain of argument: the explicit transition matrix, its stochasticity, the reduction of the invariance equations, the passage from a summable invariant vector to the limiting distribution, and the computation of the laws of QQQ and www from it. The single-server special cases are posed separately on the platform (QueueingFundamentals.GM1.arrival_point_geometric, GM1.waiting_time_cdf, GM1.arrival_point_means, GM1.mean_waiting_times, FosterQueues.GIM1.gim1_classification); they do not cover s≥2s\ge2s≥2.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to guess the geometric tail and check it against the balance equations. For j≥sj\ge sj≥s this works, but the rows i≥si\ge si≥s of the block B\mathbf BB involve the convolution integral (11), and the equations for j<sj<sj<s couple the geometric tail to the boundary terms μ0,…,μs−2\mu_0,\dots,\mu_{s-2}μ0​,…,μs−2​. Showing these are solvable, and that the row sums of the three-block matrix equal one, requires handling (11) explicitly. The second obstacle is the limit theorem itself: an invariant vector does not, by itself, give pijn→πjp^n_{ij}\to\pi_jpijn​→πj​. That step needs Feller's dichotomy for irreducible aperiodic denumerable chains, which Mathlib does not provide. Finally, the conditional waiting-time law requires summing an Erlang mixture with geometric weights in closed form.

Formalization scope

The queue process itself is not formalized. The chain is defined by its transition matrix (8)–(14), and www by the Erlang mixture of p. 349, as the paper derives both by a modelling argument. A chain is any TransitionMatrix P of the published Markov-chain vocabulary with P.p = gimsMatrix s A b; states are 000-based. "Ergodic" is Feller's: Aperiodic ∧ PositiveRecurrent. The limiting distribution is asserted as Tendsto (P.stepProb n i j) atTop (𝓝 (π j)) for all i,ji,ji,j, not as a stationary vector. The input law satisfies the published IsInterarrivalLaw A a⁻¹ (a probability measure carried by [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), integrable, mean aaa), and (n∣s)(n\mid s)(n∣s) is the published serviceProb A (s/b) n. Conditional laws are stated multiplied out, together with positivity of the conditioning probabilities. Every series identity is stated with HasSum.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: λ\lambdaλ is tied to F(λ)=λF(\lambda)=\lambdaF(λ)=λ on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) rather than free; π\piπ is the limiting distribution of PPP, asserted to exist, not a probability vector handed to the statement; the conditioning events are asserted to have positive probability; the matrix is the GI/M/s matrix, not the GI/M/1 one; and the μ\muμ's of Theorems II–III are characterized by the invariance equations, never defined from π\piπ.

A complete development needs: Feller's limit theorem for irreducible aperiodic positive recurrent chains (reusable well beyond this mission), Foster's sufficiency criterion (referenced, open), Fubini for the stochastic-matrix identities, parametric interval integrals for the block B\mathbf BB, and Erlang distribution functions. Contributions to the general Markov-chain milestones are as welcome as those specific to GI/M/s.

Selected references

  • D. G. Kendall, Stochastic processes occurring in the theory of queues and their analysis by the method of the imbedded Markov chain, Ann. Math. Statist. 24(3), 338–354, 1953. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728975
  • F. G. Foster, On the stochastic matrices associated with certain queuing processes, Ann. Math. Statist. 24(3), 355–360, 1953. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728976
  • W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol. 1, Wiley, 1950, ch. 15.
  • W. L. Smith, On the distribution of queueing times, Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 49, 449–461, 1953 (cited by Kendall as "to be published", ref. [19]).
  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008, §5.3.
22 thms3 active usersReviewed
AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

The Data-Driven Newsvendor Problem: New Bounds and Insights II: Every Log-Concave Demand Has Weighted Mean Spread at Least min(b,h)/(b+h)Research Paper

Motivation

The newsvendor problem is the basic single-period inventory model: a decision maker orders qqq units before a random demand DDD is observed, pays b>0b>0b>0 per unit of unmet demand and h>0h>0h>0 per unit left over, and minimizes the expected cost C(q)=E[b(D−q)++h(q−D)+]C(q)=E[b(D-q)^+ + h(q-D)^+]C(q)=E[b(D−q)++h(q−D)+]. When the distribution of DDD is known, the optimal order is the b/(b+h)b/(b+h)b/(b+h) quantile of DDD. In practice the distribution is unknown and only a sample of past demands is available; the standard data-driven order is the sample average approximation (SAA), the b/(b+h)b/(b+h)b/(b+h) quantile of the empirical distribution.

R. Levi, G. Perakis and J. Uichanco, The Data-Driven Newsvendor Problem: New Bounds and Insights (Operations Research 63(6), 2015), ask how many samples guarantee that the SAA order is ϵ\epsilonϵ-optimal with high probability. Levi, Roundy and Shmoys (2007) gave a distribution-free bound. Levi, Perakis and Uichanco show that, asymptotically in ϵ\epsilonϵ, the right measure of difficulty is a single scalar of the demand law, the weighted mean spread at the critical quantile, and that for the class of log-concave demand distributions (normal, uniform, exponential, logistic, Laplace and many others used in inventory theory) this scalar is bounded below by min⁡(b,h)/(b+h)\min(b,h)/(b+h)min(b,h)/(b+h). That uniform bound turns a distribution-dependent sample-size guarantee into one that holds for every log-concave demand, and is markedly tighter than the distribution-free one.

This mission formalizes the bound (Proposition 2) and the chain of lemmas the paper uses to prove it. The source is the authors' accepted manuscript of the paper (MIT DSpace), cited by its own page numbers.

Setting

Fix costs b>0b>0b>0, h>0h>0h>0 and the critical ratio β=b/(b+h)∈(0,1)\beta=b/(b+h)\in(0,1)β=b/(b+h)∈(0,1). A demand law is given by a probability density f:R→Rf:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rf:R→R: measurable, nonnegative, with ∫f=1\int f=1∫f=1. Its cdf is F(t)=∫(−∞,t]fF(t)=\int_{(-\infty,t]}fF(t)=∫(−∞,t]​f, and its β\betaβ quantile is

q∗=inf⁡{q:F(q)≥β}.q^*=\inf\{q : F(q)\ge \beta\}.q∗=inf{q:F(q)≥β}.

The absolute mean spread (AMS, Definition 1) at ttt is the gap between the conditional means above and below ttt,

Δ(t)=E(D∣D≥t)−E(D∣D≤t)=∫[t,∞)xf(x) dx1−F(t)−∫(−∞,t]xf(x) dxF(t),\Delta(t)=E(D\mid D\ge t)-E(D\mid D\le t)=\frac{\int_{[t,\infty)}x f(x)\,dx}{1-F(t)}-\frac{\int_{(-\infty,t]}x f(x)\,dx}{F(t)},Δ(t)=E(D∣D≥t)−E(D∣D≤t)=1−F(t)∫[t,∞)​xf(x)dx​−F(t)∫(−∞,t]​xf(x)dx​,

and the weighted mean spread (WMS, Definition 2) is Δ(q∗)f(q∗)\Delta(q^*)f(q^*)Δ(q∗)f(q∗).

A density is log-concave (Definition 3) if log⁡f\log flogf is concave on its support. Equivalently, f(x)af(y)1−a≤f(ax+(1−a)y)f(x)^a f(y)^{1-a}\le f(ax+(1-a)y)f(x)af(y)1−a≤f(ax+(1−a)y) for all x,yx,yx,y and a∈[0,1]a\in[0,1]a∈[0,1]; this form allows fff to vanish outside an interval.

For a log-concave fff and a point ttt with f(t)>0f(t)>0f(t)>0, the number γ1\gamma_1γ1​ is a supergradient of log⁡f\log flogf at ttt, written γ1∈∂log⁡f(t)\gamma_1\in\partial\log f(t)γ1​∈∂logf(t), if log⁡f(x)≤log⁡f(t)+γ1(x−t)\log f(x)\le\log f(t)+\gamma_1(x-t)logf(x)≤logf(t)+γ1​(x−t) for all xxx with f(x)>0f(x)>0f(x)>0. The paper splits the class L\mathbb LL of log-concave densities into the subclasses Lq∗,γ0,γ1\mathbb L_{q^*,\gamma_0,\gamma_1}Lq∗,γ0​,γ1​​ of densities with quantile q∗q^*q∗, f(q∗)=γ0f(q^*)=\gamma_0f(q∗)=γ0​ and γ1∈∂log⁡f(q∗)\gamma_1\in\partial\log f(q^*)γ1​∈∂logf(q∗), and minimizes the AMS over each subclass (problem (11)). The minimizer is the truncated exponential density

f~(x)=γ0eγ1(x−q∗)  on [x‾,x‾],x‾=q∗+1γ1log⁡ ⁣(1−γ1γ0β),x‾=q∗+1γ1log⁡ ⁣(1+γ1γ0(1−β)),\tilde f(x)=\gamma_0e^{\gamma_1(x-q^*)}\ \text{ on }[\underline x,\overline x],\qquad \underline x=q^*+\tfrac1{\gamma_1}\log\!\big(1-\tfrac{\gamma_1}{\gamma_0}\beta\big),\quad \overline x=q^*+\tfrac1{\gamma_1}\log\!\big(1+\tfrac{\gamma_1}{\gamma_0}(1-\beta)\big),f~​(x)=γ0​eγ1​(x−q∗)  on [x​,x],x​=q∗+γ1​1​log(1−γ0​γ1​​β),x=q∗+γ1​1​log(1+γ0​γ1​​(1−β)),

and zero elsewhere (display (12)), with AMS zq∗,γ0,γ1∗z^*_{q^*,\gamma_0,\gamma_1}zq∗,γ0​,γ1​∗​ in closed form.

The Lean development uses the names IsPdf, cdfOf, quantileOf, ams, IsLogSupergradient, tildeF and zStar for these objects, in the namespace DataDrivenNV.WMS.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2

For every log-concave density fff,

Δ(q∗) f(q∗) ≥ min⁡(b,h)b+h.\Delta(q^*)\,f(q^*)\ \ge\ \frac{\min(b,h)}{b+h}.Δ(q∗)f(q∗) ≥ b+hmin(b,h)​.

The statement has no further hypothesis: no moment condition, no continuity, no restriction on γ0,γ1\gamma_0,\gamma_1γ0​,γ1​.

Milestones, in the order of the paper's proof

  1. Lemma 1: at the quantile, −b+hh≤γ1γ0≤b+hb-\frac{b+h}{h}\le\frac{\gamma_1}{\gamma_0}\le\frac{b+h}{b}−hb+h​≤γ0​γ1​​≤bb+h​.
  2. Lemma 2: f(x)≤γ0eγ1(x−t)f(x)\le\gamma_0e^{\gamma_1(x-t)}f(x)≤γ0​eγ1​(x−t) for every xxx.
  3. Lemma 3 (Domination Lemma): a density dominated on the support of another, with the same mass left of ttt, has the larger AMS at ttt.
  4. Proposition 1: f~\tilde ff~​ belongs to Lq,γ0,γ1\mathbb L_{q,\gamma_0,\gamma_1}Lq,γ0​,γ1​​ and minimizes the AMS there.
  5. The closed form: Δf~(q)=zq,γ0,γ1∗=γ0γ12[(b+hh+γ1γ0)log⁡(1+γ1γ0hb+h)+(b+hb−γ1γ0)log⁡(1−γ1γ0bb+h)]\Delta_{\tilde f}(q)=z^*_{q,\gamma_0,\gamma_1}=\frac{\gamma_0}{\gamma_1^2}\big[(\frac{b+h}{h}+\frac{\gamma_1}{\gamma_0})\log(1+\frac{\gamma_1}{\gamma_0}\frac{h}{b+h})+(\frac{b+h}{b}-\frac{\gamma_1}{\gamma_0})\log(1-\frac{\gamma_1}{\gamma_0}\frac{b}{b+h})\big]Δf~​​(q)=zq,γ0​,γ1​∗​=γ12​γ0​​[(hb+h​+γ0​γ1​​)log(1+γ0​γ1​​b+hh​)+(bb+h​−γ0​γ1​​)log(1−γ0​γ1​​b+hb​)].
  6. Lemma 4: three elementary inequalities in β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1) and η∈(−11−β,1β)\eta\in(-\frac1{1-\beta},\frac1\beta)η∈(−1−β1​,β1​).

Significance

The proposition is what makes the paper's log-concave sample-size bound (Theorem 4) parameter-free: the probability that the biased SAA order is ϵ\epsilonϵ-optimal is, asymptotically, at least 1−2exp⁡(−14Nϵ Δ(q∗)f(q∗))1-2\exp(-\frac14N\epsilon\,\Delta(q^*)f(q^*))1−2exp(−41​NϵΔ(q∗)f(q∗)) (Theorem 3), and Proposition 2 replaces the unknown Δ(q∗)f(q∗)\Delta(q^*)f(q^*)Δ(q∗)f(q∗) by min⁡(b,h)/(b+h)\min(b,h)/(b+h)min(b,h)/(b+h). A manager who only knows that demand is log-concave can then size a sample without estimating any parameter of the law.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing about it is open. As far as is known it has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it produces a checked lower bound for an inventory-theory quantity together with reusable facts about log-concave densities on the line: exponential envelopes from a supergradient, the quantile-and-slope constraints of Lemma 1, and the comparison of conditional means behind the Domination Lemma.

Difficulty

The definitions are elementary, but the proof passes through an infinite-dimensional optimization problem over a class of densities. The obvious first step, "the AMS is minimized by the most concentrated density", has no direct meaning without fixing the density value and the slope of log⁡f\log flogf at the quantile; after fixing them, one needs the envelope of Lemma 2, a stochastic comparison (Lemma 3) and an explicit integral of a truncated exponential. The Domination Lemma as printed is false (a density whose support has a gap to the right of ttt is a counterexample), so it is formalized under the hypothesis that the dominating density is positive exactly on an interval around ttt, which is how Proposition 1 uses it. The case γ1=0\gamma_1=0γ1​=0 (uniform minimizer) and the two boundary values of γ1/γ0\gamma_1/\gamma_0γ1​/γ0​ (one-sided exponential minimizers) are not covered by the closed form (12) and must be handled separately in a proof of the goal. Finally, Lemma 1 rests on the monotonicity of the failure rate f/(1−F)f/(1-F)f/(1−F) and the reversed hazard rate f/Ff/Ff/F of log-concave laws, which must be proved from log-concavity.

Formalization scope

Densities are functions ℝ → ℝ with IsPdf f (measurable, nonnegative everywhere, integrable, total integral 1); the law of DDD is never introduced separately. Log-concavity is the published definition ConvexOptimization.LogConcaveOn Set.univ f (power form, zeros allowed). Concavity of Real.log ∘ f is not used, because Real.log 0 = 0 would treat log⁡f\log flogf as 000 off the support. The quantile is an sInf; for β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1) its defining set is nonempty and bounded below. The AMS is the difference of two ratios of integrals. At the quantile both denominators are positive, and the goal and Proposition 1 assume no integrability of xf(x)xf(x)xf(x), since log-concave densities have exponential tails. The value f(q∗)f(q^*)f(q∗) is taken pointwise; q∗q^*q∗ lies in the interior of the support, where a log-concave density is continuous.

Conventions and disclosed departures from the page:

  • "γ1∈∂log⁡f\gamma_1\in\partial\log fγ1​∈∂logf, the set of all subgradients" is read as the superdifferential of the concave log⁡f\log flogf on {f>0}\{f>0\}{f>0}.
  • Lemma 3 carries three added hypotheses: f2f_2f2​ vanishes outside some [l,u]∋t[l,u]\ni t[l,u]∋t and is positive on (l,u)(l,u)(l,u); 0<F1(t)<10<F_1(t)<10<F1​(t)<1; and xf1(x)xf_1(x)xf1​(x), xf2(x)xf_2(x)xf2​(x) are integrable. The first repairs the printed statement; the other two are the conditions under which Definition 1 makes sense for general densities.
  • Proposition 1 and the closed form of z∗z^*z∗ are stated for γ1≠0\gamma_1\neq0γ1​=0 and γ1/γ0\gamma_1/\gamma_0γ1​/γ0​ strictly inside the interval of Lemma 1, where (12) is a finite interval.
  • The goal has no such restriction.

Assumption 1 of the paper (monotonicity of fff beyond q∗q^*q∗) and the continuity assumption of §3 are hypotheses of Theorems 3–4 only and are not used here. A formalization in which f(q∗)f(q^*)f(q∗) or Δ(q∗)\Delta(q^*)Δ(q∗) takes a junk value (a non-integrable xf(x)xf(x)xf(x), a zero denominator) would make the goal trivially true or false; the hypotheses above exclude this, and no statement assumes the conclusion of another.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones in any order; general lemmas on log-concave densities on R\mathbb RR (exponential tails, integrability of moments, monotone hazard rates, continuity in the interior of the support); and the boundary cases of problem (11).

Selected references

  • R. Levi, G. Perakis, J. Uichanco, The Data-Driven Newsvendor Problem: New Bounds and Insights, Operations Research 63(6):1294–1306, 2015. Authors' accepted manuscript, MIT DSpace. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2015.1422
  • R. Levi, R. O. Roundy, D. B. Shmoys, Provably Near-Optimal Sampling-Based Policies for Stochastic Inventory Control Models, Mathematics of Operations Research 32(4):821–839, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1070.0272
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Starting Times for End-of-Season Sales and Optimal Stopping Times for Promotional Fares 1: Markdown Is Optimal Once Time-to-Go Falls Below a Strictly Increasing Threshold x_nResearch Paper

Why the timing of a markdown matters

A seller with limited stock can charge a high price while demand is strong and lower the price before the selling season ends. The timing depends on how many units remain: a markdown that is sensible with ample stock may be premature when only one unit is left. Feng and Gallego studied this decision when each price generates a Poisson demand stream and only one price change is allowed. Their 1995 paper proves that the optimal decision has a threshold in remaining time for every inventory level. This mission formalizes their markdown theorem, including its value-function representation, rather than just the existence of a switching rule.

The model is a finite-inventory revenue problem, relevant when an unsold unit loses its value at the end of a season. It is also a continuous-time stopping problem: the seller observes actual sales and may react to them. A fixed calendar date for the markdown cannot describe all of those decisions. The paper treats the markdown case separately from the markup case, because the order of prices, arrival rates and revenue rates reverses the behavior of the switching boundary. The present mission concerns the markdown case alone.

Prices, demand, and admissible switches

Let n≥1n\ge1n≥1 be the initial stock and t≥0t\ge0t≥0 the time to go. The seller first charges price p1p_1p1​ and may change once to a lower price p2p_2p2​. Demands at the two prices are independent Poisson counts with positive rates λ1\lambda_1λ1​ and λ2\lambda_2λ2​. A lower price produces more arrivals, so p2<p1p_2<p_1p2​<p1​ and λ1<λ2\lambda_1<\lambda_2λ1​<λ2​. Feng and Gallego also assume that lowering the price increases the revenue rate: p1λ1<p2λ2p_1\lambda_1<p_2\lambda_2p1​λ1​<p2​λ2​. There is no salvage payment for inventory left when time expires. These conventions come from §2 and the case split on pp. 1375–1376.

Write N1(s)N_1(s)N1​(s) for the observed sales count at the initial price by time sss. If the price changes at deterministic time s∈[0,t]s\in[0,t]s∈[0,t], let J(n,t;s)J(n,t;s)J(n,t;s) be the expected total revenue. The count after the change is independent of N1(s)N_1(s)N1​(s), and their sum has Poisson mean λ1s+λ2(t−s)\lambda_1s+\lambda_2(t-s)λ1​s+λ2​(t−s). The optimal value J(n,t)J(n,t)J(n,t) allows the switch time τ\tauτ to depend on the counts observed so far. An admissible τ\tauτ lies between zero and ttt, is a stopping time for the history of N1N_1N1​, and occurs before stock is exhausted almost surely. At s=0s=0s=0, J(n,t;0)J(n,t;0)J(n,t;0) is the revenue from charging p2p_2p2​ immediately. The paper defines these quantities in §3, pp. 1377–1379.

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 1, p. 1380. It asserts a strictly increasing sequence x1<x2<⋯x_1<x_2<\cdotsx1​<x2​<⋯ of inventory-dependent thresholds. When t≤xnt\le x_nt≤xn​, switching immediately earns the optimal value; when t>xnt>x_nt>xn​, a correction F(n,t)F(n,t)F(n,t) is added:

J(n,t)={J(n,t;0),t≤xn,J(n,t;0)+F(n,t),t>xn.J(n,t)=\begin{cases} J(n,t;0),&t\le x_n,\\ J(n,t;0)+F(n,t),&t>x_n. \end{cases}J(n,t)={J(n,t;0),J(n,t;0)+F(n,t),​t≤xn​,t>xn​.​

The theorem specifies the correction, rather than leaving it as an arbitrary difference of values. It starts with F(0,t)=0F(0,t)=0F(0,t)=0. For n≥1n\ge1n≥1, set L(n,t)=G(n,t)+λ1F(n−1,t)L(n,t)=G(n,t)+\lambda_1F(n-1,t)L(n,t)=G(n,t)+λ1​F(n−1,t), where GGG is the Poisson-tail expression from §4.1. The threshold xnx_nxn​ is the first nonnegative zero of L(n,⋅)L(n,\cdot)L(n,⋅). A function H(n,⋅)H(n,\cdot)H(n,⋅) satisfies ∂tH=−λ1H+L\partial_tH=-\lambda_1H+L∂t​H=−λ1​H+L for positive time and H(n,xn)=0H(n,x_n)=0H(n,xn​)=0; FFF is zero below xnx_nxn​ and equals HHH at and above it. If yny_nyn​ is the first zero of G(n,⋅)G(n,\cdot)G(n,⋅), the theorem also gives x1=y1x_1=y_1x1​=y1​ and xn<ynx_n<y_nxn​<yn​ for n>1n>1n>1.

Three supporting targets match the source's attack path. Equation (17) differentiates immediate-switch revenue. Lemma 2 gives the zeros and one sign change of GGG in the markdown case. Lemma 1 identifies a value function through differential inequalities and its stopping payoff. Each is recorded with its page-level statement in the milestone list.

What the result provides

The threshold sequence turns an adaptive stopping problem into a state rule: inspect remaining inventory and time to go, then compare time with the corresponding threshold. The value representation supplies the expected-revenue quantity on both sides of that comparison. Strict increase means a larger stock requires a larger remaining-time threshold before charging the higher initial price is worthwhile. These are the conclusions of Theorem 1, already proved in the paper.

The work here is a Lean statement and eventual machine-checked proof of that known result. The current theorem items are open proof targets. Formalizing the model gives reusable Poisson-tail revenue expressions and a continuous-time stopping-value interface; Lemma 1 can also serve other Poisson-driven stopping problems once proved. A checked proof would establish that the threshold representation and the optimal stopping value agree under the stated assumptions, including boundary cases that informal notation leaves implicit.

Where the mathematics is difficult

The obvious comparison of two fixed switching times misses the information contained in the sales path. The switch decision can change after each observed arrival, while the threshold for inventory nnn depends on the correction at stock n−1n-1n−1. Showing that every such comparison is organized by one increasing threshold requires more than differentiating the fixed-switch revenue. The paper's appendix handles the interaction between the sign of GGG, the recursive correction, and the stopping-value verification; these are distinct formal targets pp. 1387–1388.

The printed verification lemma and one word of Lemma 2 require care. Lemma 1 omits boundary and regularity conditions needed by its proof. Lemma 2 calls the zero sequence “bounded,” although its thresholds tend to infinity; the usable claim is that they stay above a positive lower bound. The formal statements expose these corrections and retain the rest of the source's conclusions.

Formalization scope

Lean represents the first demand stream by a counting process built from independent exponential interarrival times. The terminal revenue after a switch is expressed using the Poisson law of the sum of the two independent counts. The stopping class records the count-generated history, bounds the stopping time by the horizon, and requires stock to remain at stopping almost surely. Its expected payoff uses the number sold before stopping and the immediate-switch value for the unsold stock. Prices and rates are positive, the markdown ordering and revenue-rate inequality are explicit, and the probability measure is named explicitly even though the exponential-interarrival law already entails it.

The paper uses nonnegative real time, inventories indexed by positive integers, and zero salvage. Lean uses a real supremum for the value and a real infimum for each threshold; the admissible payoff is bounded and measurable, and every threshold-defining zero set is asserted nonempty. The ODE is expressed with an actual derivative at positive time. The auxiliary Poisson-tail definition maps a negative mean to zero, but all model applications have nonnegative means. The threshold construction, its ODE, and the equality with the stopping value are all conclusions of the goal, so none is an assumed solution.

For Lemma 1, the formal target adds the initial-time and zero-stock boundary values, domination of terminal revenue, and local Lipschitz regularity in time. The first three conditions are used in the source's own proof or reformulation; local Lipschitz regularity makes its integral calculation valid. Contributions may establish the Poisson-tail calculus, the sign and threshold results, the verification theorem, or the complete markdown theorem. The referenced arrival-process definition is shared infrastructure; the two-price revenue and stopping model are specific to this paper.

Selected references

  • Y. Feng and G. Gallego, Optimal Starting Times for End-of-Season Sales and Optimal Stopping Times for Promotional Fares, Management Science 41(8), 1995, pp. 1371–1391. DOI: 10.1287/mnsc.41.8.1371.
6 thms3 active usersReviewed
Discrete GeometryLinear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

A Friendly Smoothed Analysis of the Simplex Method: Gaussian-Perturbed Shadows Have at Most 3 + 128πe²d²√(log n)σ⁻²(1 + 4σ√(d log n))(1 + 16σ√(log n)) Expected EdgesResearch Paper

Why the simplex method needs smoothed analysis

The simplex method solves linear programs quickly in practice, yet for most pivot rules there are inputs on which it takes exponentially many steps (Klee and Minty, 1972). Smoothed analysis, introduced by Spielman and Teng (JACM 2004), explains the gap: it measures the expected running time when every constraint row of a worst-case input is perturbed by a small random amount of size σ\sigmaσ. For the shadow vertex pivot rule, the running time is controlled by a purely geometric quantity, the number of edges of a random polygon, and the smoothed complexity of the method is essentially an upper bound on that number.

Timeline (bounds on the expected shadow size of smoothed unit LPs, as surveyed in §1.1 of the paper). Borgwardt (1987) proved Θ(d1.5log⁡n)\Theta(d^{1.5}\sqrt{\log n})Θ(d1.5logn​) for rows drawn from a centered Gaussian, asymptotically as n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞; this is the case aˉi=0\bar a_i=0aˉi​=0 of the model below. Spielman and Teng (2004) gave the first smoothed bound, O(d3nσ−6+d6nlog⁡3n)O(d^3n\sigma^{-6}+d^6n\log^3 n)O(d3nσ−6+d6nlog3n). Deshpande and Spielman (FOCS 2005) improved the dependence on σ\sigmaσ to O(dn2log⁡n σ−2+d2n2log⁡2n)O(dn^2\log n\,\sigma^{-2}+d^2n^2\log^2 n)O(dn2lognσ−2+d2n2log2n). Vershynin (SIAM J. Comput. 2009) reduced the dependence on nnn to polylogarithmic, O(d3σ−4+d5log⁡2n)O(d^3\sigma^{-4}+d^5\log^2 n)O(d3σ−4+d5log2n). Dadush and Huiberts (arXiv:1711.05667, STOC 2018, SIAM J. Comput. 2020) proved O(d2log⁡n σ−2+d2.5log⁡n σ−1+d2.5log⁡1.5n)O(d^2\sqrt{\log n}\,\sigma^{-2}+d^{2.5}\log n\,\sigma^{-1}+d^{2.5}\log^{1.5}n)O(d2logn​σ−2+d2.5lognσ−1+d2.5log1.5n) for Gaussian perturbations by a simpler argument, which also gives bounds for Laplace perturbations.

Setting

Fix dimensions n≥d≥3n\ge d\ge3n≥d≥3 and a shadow plane, a two-dimensional linear subspace W⊆RdW\subseteq\mathbb R^dW⊆Rd, chosen independently of the randomness. The constraint vectors a1,…,an∈Rda_1,\dots,a_n\in\mathbb R^da1​,…,an​∈Rd are independent, and ai∼Nd(aˉi,σ)a_i\sim N_d(\bar a_i,\sigma)ai​∼Nd​(aˉi​,σ) is Gaussian with center aˉi\bar a_iaˉi​, ∥aˉi∥≤1\|\bar a_i\|\le1∥aˉi​∥≤1, and standard deviation σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 in every coordinate, i.e. with density (2πσ2)−d/2e−∥x−aˉi∥2/(2σ2)(2\pi\sigma^2)^{-d/2}e^{-\|x-\bar a_i\|^2/(2\sigma^2)}(2πσ2)−d/2e−∥x−aˉi​∥2/(2σ2).

Let Q=conv⁡(a1,…,an)Q=\operatorname{conv}(a_1,\dots,a_n)Q=conv(a1​,…,an​). The shadow polygon is Q∩WQ\cap WQ∩W. An edge of a convex set KKK is a segment [u,v][u,v][u,v], u≠vu\ne vu=v, which is an extreme subset of KKK; ∣edges⁡(K)∣|\operatorname{edges}(K)|∣edges(K)∣ is the number of edges. The number of pivots of the shadow vertex method on the unit LP {x:Ax≤1}\{x:Ax\le\mathbf1\}{x:Ax≤1} between two objectives spanning WWW is at most ∣edges⁡(Q∩W)∣|\operatorname{edges}(Q\cap W)|∣edges(Q∩W)∣ (the paper's Lemma 11 and Theorem 12).

The proof passes through general row distributions with density μ\muμ and mean yyy, described by four parameters: the log-Lipschitz constant LLL (μ(x)≤eL∥x−x′∥μ(x′)\mu(x)\le e^{L\|x-x'\|}\mu(x')μ(x)≤eL∥x−x′∥μ(x′)); the line variance τ2\tau^2τ2 (the least variance of μ\muμ restricted to a line); the nnn-th deviation rnr_nrn​ (the least rrr with ∫r∞Pr⁡[∣(X−y)Tθ∣≥t] dt≤r/n\int_r^\infty\Pr[|(X-y)^\mathsf T\theta|\ge t]\,dt\le r/n∫r∞​Pr[∣(X−y)Tθ∣≥t]dt≤r/n for all unit θ\thetaθ); and the cutoff radius Rn,dR_{n,d}Rn,d​ (the least RRR with Pr⁡[∥X−y∥≥R]≤1/(d(nd))\Pr[\|X-y\|\ge R]\le 1/(d\binom nd)Pr[∥X−y∥≥R]≤1/(d(dn​))). The Gaussian is not log-Lipschitz; the Laplace–Gaussian distribution LGd(aˉ,σ,r)LG_d(\bar a,\sigma,r)LGd​(aˉ,σ,r), whose density equals the Gaussian one inside the ball of radius rσr\sigmarσ around aˉ\bar aaˉ and decays like e−∥x−aˉ∥r/σe^{-\|x-\bar a\|r/\sigma}e−∥x−aˉ∥r/σ outside, replaces it.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 13 with explicit constants

E[∣edges⁡(conv⁡(a1,…,an)∩W)∣]≤3+128πe2d2log⁡nσ2(1+4σdlog⁡n)(1+16σlog⁡n).\mathbb E\big[|\operatorname{edges}(\operatorname{conv}(a_1,\dots,a_n)\cap W)|\big]\le 3+\frac{128\pi e^2 d^2\sqrt{\log n}}{\sigma^2}\big(1+4\sigma\sqrt{d\log n}\big)\big(1+16\sigma\sqrt{\log n}\big).E[∣edges(conv(a1​,…,an​)∩W)∣]≤3+σ2128πe2d2logn​​(1+4σdlogn​)(1+16σlogn​).

The paper states O(d2log⁡n σ−2+d2.5log⁡n σ−1+d2.5log⁡1.5n)O(d^2\sqrt{\log n}\,\sigma^{-2}+d^{2.5}\log n\,\sigma^{-1}+d^{2.5}\log^{1.5}n)O(d2logn​σ−2+d2.5lognσ−1+d2.5log1.5n); the constant above is the one its proof produces (Theorem 22's proof, Lemma 45, Lemma 46).

Intermediate targets (milestones)

  • the parametrized shadow bound (Theorem 22), E∣edges⁡∣≤2+8πe2d1.5(L/τ)(1+Rn,d)(1+4rn)\mathbb E|\operatorname{edges}|\le 2+8\pi e^2d^{1.5}(L/\tau)(1+R_{n,d})(1+4r_n)E∣edges∣≤2+8πe2d1.5(L/τ)(1+Rn,d​)(1+4rn​);
  • its ingredients: the edge-counting reduction (Lemma 25), the perimeter bound 2π(1+4rn)2\pi(1+4r_n)2π(1+4rn​) (Lemmas 19, 26), the conditioning on bounded diameter (Lemma 29), the chord combination calculus (Lemmas 35, 36), and the two expected-length bounds (Lemmas 39, 40, 41), together with the trade-off LR(1/2)≥d/3LR(1/2)\ge d/3LR(1/2)≥d/3 (Lemma 21);
  • the Gaussian specialisation: Laplace–Gaussian tails (Lemma 44), its parameters (Lemma 45), and the comparison with the Gaussian (Lemma 46).

Significance

The bound gives the best known smoothed complexity of a simplex method, with only log⁡n\sqrt{\log n}logn​ dependence on the number of constraints. Section 4 of the paper turns it into a complete two-phase shadow vertex algorithm with O(d2log⁡n σ−2+d3log⁡1.5n)O(d^2\sqrt{\log n}\,\sigma^{-2}+d^3\log^{1.5}n)O(d2logn​σ−2+d3log1.5n) expected pivots. The parametrized Theorem 22 applies to any perturbation family with bounded parameters, so it also yields shadow bounds for Laplace and other noise models.

The result is proved; it has not been machine-checked. A formalization adds a verified chain from four distributional parameters to a polygon edge count. The intermediate statements have independent value: an expected-perimeter bound for random polygons, the deterministic chord-length identity for simplices, and tail estimates for the Laplace–Gaussian distribution.

Difficulty

The expected number of edges is a sum, over all (nd)\binom nd(dn​) index sets, of the probability that their simplex meets WWW in an edge; there are far too many terms for per-set estimates to give a bound polylogarithmic in nnn. The paper's route (inspired by Kelner and Spielman) instead compares the expected perimeter with the expected length of an edge, and the hard part is a lower bound on the expected length of an edge conditioned on it appearing. That conditioning is on a probability-zero configuration (the simplex lying in a fixed hyperplane), and its analysis needs Blaschke's change of variables, the shape decomposition of the simplex, and log-Lipschitz shifts of densities. On the Gaussian side, the density is not log-Lipschitz, which forces the Laplace–Gaussian detour and a comparison of edge counts under two different laws.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), [n][n][n] is Fin n, log⁡\loglog is the natural logarithm. The Gaussian is the published SmoothedSimplex.Shadow.gaussian, the edge relation is the published Hirsch.Adj, and the rows' joint law is Measure.pi. Edges are segments counted once; the perimeter is the sum of edge lengths. Expectations are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and every edge-count bound also asserts almost-everywhere measurability of the count, so the integral is a genuine expectation. Conditional expectations are stated multiplied out (no division by a probability), and the parameters of Definitions 15–18 are upper-bound predicates (lower bound for the line variance), which is how every statement of the paper uses them.

Hypotheses added relative to the page, each implicit there: σ>0\sigma>0σ>0; L,τ>0L,\tau>0L,τ>0 and R,r≥0R,r\ge0R,r≥0 in Theorem 22; positivity of log-Lipschitz densities; the standing n≥d≥3n\ge d\ge3n≥d≥3 of §3 in Lemma 44. Lemmas 39 and 41 are stated on the explicit conditional densities that the paper derives in Lemma 37, instead of through regular conditional distributions; Lemma 39 takes the conclusion d/3≤LRd/3\le LRd/3≤LR of Lemma 21 as a hypothesis, as its proof uses it. Two printed slips are corrected: Lemma 46's formula is stated for conv⁡(a1,…,an)∩W\operatorname{conv}(a_1,\dots,a_n)\cap Wconv(a1​,…,an​)∩W, as its sentence and proof have it, and Lemma 35 refers to Definition 33 (not 34).

The goal mentions only Gaussian rows, WWW, and the edge count of conv⁡(a)∩W\operatorname{conv}(a)\cap Wconv(a)∩W. It cannot be trivialized by an unsatisfiable parameter hypothesis or a bound on edge lengths, since it has neither; and it counts edges of the polygon, not of the polytope conv⁡(a)\operatorname{conv}(a)conv(a).

A complete development needs: Gaussian and Laplace–Gaussian tail bounds; measurability of the edge count of a random polygon; the perimeter monotonicity of convex sets; Blaschke's change of variables (Theorem 7 of the paper, quoted from Blaschke 1935), which Mathlib does not have; and the regular conditioning of Lemmas 32, 37 and 38. The Blaschke formula, the perimeter facts for convex polygons, and the tail bounds are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone, or to these supporting results as separate theorems, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Dadush, S. Huiberts, A Friendly Smoothed Analysis of the Simplex Method, SIAM J. Comput. 49(5), 2020 (STOC 2018); preprint arXiv:1711.05667v4, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1711.05667
  • D. A. Spielman, S.-H. Teng, Smoothed analysis of algorithms: Why the simplex algorithm usually takes polynomial time, J. ACM 51(3), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1145/990308.990310
  • R. Vershynin, Beyond Hirsch Conjecture: Walks on Random Polytopes and Smoothed Complexity of the Simplex Method, SIAM J. Comput. 39(2), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/070683386
  • A. Deshpande, D. A. Spielman, Improved smoothed analysis of the shadow vertex simplex method, FOCS 2005 (cited as [DS05] in the paper).
  • V. Klee, G. J. Minty, How good is the simplex algorithm?, in Inequalities III, Academic Press, 1972 (cited as [KM70] in the paper).
20 thms3 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 2 of 39Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me